UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
|
x |
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017
OR
|
o |
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the Transition Period from to
Commission File Number 001- 36348
PAYLOCITY HOLDING CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware |
|
46-4066644 |
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
|
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number) |
3850 N. Wilke Road
Arlington Heights, Illinois 60004
(Address of principal executive offices and zip code)
(847) 463-3200
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
|
|
|
Title of each class |
|
Name of each exchange on which registered |
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share |
|
The NASDAQ Global Select Market LLC |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated filer |
☒ |
Accelerated filer |
☐ |
|
|
|
|
Non-accelerated filer |
☐ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) |
Smaller reporting company |
☐ |
|
|
|
|
Emerging growth company |
☐ |
|
|
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.
☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ☒
The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of December 31, 2016, the last day of registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was $774.8 million (based on the closing price for shares of the registrant’s common stock as reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market for the last business day prior to that date).
As of August 4, 2017, there were 51,750,086
shares of the registrant’s common stock issued and outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:
The information required by Part III of this Report, to the extent not set forth herein, is incorporated herein by reference from the Proxy Statement relating to the registrant’s 2018 annual meeting of stockholders, which shall be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year to which this Report relates.
PAYLOCITY HOLDING CORPORATION
Form 10-K
For the Year Ended June 30, 2017
Forward Looking Statements
Except for the historical financial information contained herein, the matters discussed in this report on Form 10-K (as well as documents incorporated herein by reference) may be considered “forward-looking” statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. All statements, other than statements of historical fact, are statements that could be deemed forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, statements regarding our future financial position, business strategy and plans and objectives of management for future operations. When used in this Annual Report, the words “believe,” “may,” “could,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “intend,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “project” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements.
We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy, short-term and long-term business operations and objectives, and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those reflected in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in this report, and in particular, the risks discussed under Part 1, Item 1A:”Risk Factors” and those discussed in other documents we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Except as required by law, we do not intend to update these forward-looking statements publicly or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future.
In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this report and in the documents incorporated in this report may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements. Accordingly, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements.
Overview
We are a cloud-based provider of payroll and human capital management, or HCM, software solutions for medium-sized organizations, which we define as those having between 20 and 1,000 employees. Our comprehensive and easy-to-use solutions enable our clients to manage their workforces more effectively. As of June 30, 2017, we served approximately 14,550 clients across the U.S., which on average had over 100 employees. Our solutions help drive strategic human capital decision-making and improve employee engagement by enhancing the human resource, payroll and finance capabilities of our clients.
Our multi-tenant software platform is highly configurable and includes a unified suite of payroll and HCM applications, such as time and labor tracking, benefits and talent management. Our solutions have been organically developed from our core payroll solution, which we believe is the most critical system of record for medium-sized organizations and an essential gateway to other HCM functionality. Our payroll and HCM applications use a unified database and provide robust on-demand reporting and analytics. Our platform provides intuitive self-service functionality for employees and managers combined with seamless integration across all our solutions. We supplement our comprehensive software platform with an integrated implementation and client service organization, all of which are designed to meet the needs of medium-sized organizations.
Effective management of human capital is a core function in all organizations and requires a significant commitment of resources. Organizations are faced with complex and ever-changing requirements, including diverse federal, state and local regulations across multiple jurisdictions. In addition, the workplace operating environment is rapidly changing as employees increasingly become mobile, work remotely and expect an end user experience similar to that of consumer-oriented Internet applications. Medium-sized organizations operating without the infrastructure,
1
expertise or personnel of larger enterprises are uniquely pressured in this complex and dynamic environment. Existing solutions offered by third-party payroll service providers can have limited capabilities and configurability while enterprise-focused software vendors can be expensive and time-consuming to implement and manage. We believe that medium-sized organizations are better served by solutions designed to meet their unique needs.
Our solutions provide the following key benefits to our clients:
|
· |
|
Comprehensive cloud-based platform optimized to meet the payroll and HCM needs of medium-sized organizations; |
|
· |
|
Modern, intuitive user experience and self-service capabilities that significantly increase employee engagement; |
|
· |
|
Flexible and configurable platform that aligns with business processes and centralizes payroll and HCM data; |
|
· |
|
Software as a service, or SaaS, delivery model that reduces total cost of ownership for our clients; and |
|
· |
|
Seamless data integration with our extensive partner ecosystem that saves time and expense and reduces the risk of errors. |
We market and sell our products primarily through our direct sales force. We generate sales leads through a variety of focused marketing initiatives and from our extensive referral network of 401(k) advisors, benefits administrators, insurance brokers, third-party administrators and HR consultants. We derive revenue from a client based on the solutions purchased by the client, the number of client employees and the amount, type and timing of services provided with respect to those client employees. Our annual revenue retention rate was greater than 92% in each of the fiscal years 2015, 2016 and 2017. Our total revenues increased from $152.7 million in fiscal 2015 to $230.7 million in fiscal 2016, representing a 51% year-over-year increase and to $300.0 million in fiscal 2017, representing a 30% year-over-year increase. Our recurring revenues increased from $144.1 million in fiscal 2015 to $220.1 million in fiscal 2016, representing a 53% year-over-year increase, and to $288.4 million in fiscal 2017, representing a 31% year-over-year increase. Although we do not have long-term contracts with our clients and our agreements with clients are generally terminable on 60 days’ or less notice, our recurring revenue model provides significant visibility into our future operating results.
Industry Background
Effective management of human capital is a core function for all organizations and requires a significant commitment of resources. Identifying, acquiring and retaining talent is a priority at all levels of an organization. In today’s increasingly complex business and regulatory environment, organizations are being pressured to manage critical payroll and HCM functions more effectively, automate manual processes and decrease their operating costs.
Complex and Dynamic Tax and Regulatory Environment
The tax and regulatory environment in the United States is complex and dynamic. Organizations are subject to a myriad of tax, benefit, workers compensation, healthcare and other rules, regulations and reporting obligations. In addition to U.S. federal taxing and regulatory authorities, there are more than 10,000 state and local tax codes in the United States. Further, federal, state and local government agencies continually enact and amend the rules, regulations and reporting requirements with which organizations must comply.
Growing Demand for Mobility and Enhanced User Experience
Connectivity and mobility are enabling employees to spend less time in traditional office environments and more time working remotely. This trend increases the demand for advanced and intuitive solutions that improve collaboration and foster employee engagement, such as remote self-service access to payroll and timesheet reporting, HR
2
and benefits portals and other talent management applications. Given the prominence of consumer-oriented Internet applications, employees expect the user experience and accessibility of internal systems to be similar to those of the latest Internet applications, such as LinkedIn, Amazon and Facebook.
Medium-Sized Organizations Face Unique Challenges
Medium-sized organizations functioning without the infrastructure, expertise or personnel of larger enterprises are uniquely pressured in the current complex and dynamic environment. Employees in these medium-sized organizations often perform multiple job functions, and many medium-sized organizations have limited financial, technical and other resources needed to effectively manage their critical business requirements and to build and maintain the systems required to do so.
Large Market Opportunity for Payroll and HCM Solutions
According to market analyses published by International Data Corporation, or IDC, titled Worldwide and U.S. Human Capital Management Applications 2015-2019 Forecast (June 2015) and U.S. Payroll Outsourcing Services Forecast, 2015-2019 (November 2015), the U.S. market for HCM applications and payroll outsourcing services is estimated to be $26 billion in 2017. The market opportunity is driven by the importance of payroll and HCM solutions to the successful management of organizations.
To estimate our addressable market, we focus our analysis on the number of U.S. medium-sized organizations and the number of their employees. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, there were over 610,000 firms with 20 to 999 employees in the U.S. in 2014, employing over 43 million persons. We estimate that if clients were to buy our entire suite of existing solutions at list prices, they would spend approximately $285 per employee annually. Based on this analysis, we believe our current target addressable market is approximately $12 billion. Our existing clients do not typically buy our entire suite of solutions, and as we continue to expand our product offerings, we believe that we have an opportunity to increase the amount clients spend on payroll and HCM solutions per employee and to expand our addressable market.
Organizations Are Increasingly Transitioning to SaaS Solutions
SaaS solutions are easier and more affordable to implement and operate than those offered by traditional software providers. SaaS solutions also enable software updates with greater frequency and without new hardware investments, enabling organizations to better react to changes in their environments. Many organizations are transitioning to SaaS solutions for front-office business applications such as salesforce management. Similarly, we believe organizations are adopting back-office SaaS applications, such as payroll and HCM, with increasing frequency. According to a market analysis published by IDC, titled Worldwide SaaS and Cloud Software 2015-2019 Forecast and 2014 Vendor Shares (August 2015), the U.S. SaaS market is estimated to be $54 billion in 2017 and is projected to grow at a 17% compound annual growth rate from 2014 to 2019.
Limitations of Existing Solutions
We believe that existing payroll and HCM solutions have limitations that cause them to underserve the unique needs of medium-sized organizations. Existing payroll and HCM solutions include:
|
· |
|
Traditional Payroll Service Providers . Traditional payroll service providers are primarily focused on delivery of a variety of payroll processing services, insurance products and HR business process outsourcing solutions. Many of these solutions offer limited capabilities and integration beyond traditional payroll processing. The lack of a unified and configurable payroll and HCM suite can diminish the effectiveness of a system, detract from user experience and limit integration with other solutions. In addition, we believe that certain traditional payroll service providers often do not provide a high-quality client service experience. |
3
|
· |
|
Enterprise-Focused Payroll and HCM Software Vendors . Enterprise-focused software vendors offer solutions and services that are designed for the complex needs and structures of large enterprises. As a result, their solutions can be expensive, complex and time-consuming to implement, operate and maintain. |
|
· |
|
HCM Point Solution Providers . Many HCM point solutions lack integrated payroll functionality. The implementation and management of multiple point solutions and the reliance on multiple service organizations can be challenging and expensive for medium-sized organizations. |
|
· |
|
Manual Processes for Payroll and HCM Functions . Manual payroll and HCM processes require increased HR, payroll and finance personnel involvement, resulting in higher costs, slower processing and greater risks of data entry errors. |
Given the challenges medium-sized organizations face operating in complex and dynamic environments and the limited ability of traditional offerings to address these challenges, we believe there is a significant market opportunity for a comprehensive, unified SaaS solution designed to serve the payroll and HCM needs of medium-sized organizations.
Segment Information
Our chief operating decision maker reviews our financial results in total when evaluating financial performance and for purposes of allocating resources. We have thus determined that we operate in a single cloud-based software solution reporting segment.
Our Solution
We are a cloud-based provider of payroll and HCM software solutions for medium-sized organizations. Our solutions enable medium-sized organizations to more efficiently manage payroll and human capital in their complex and dynamic operating environments. As of June 30, 2017, we served approximately 14,550 clients across the U.S., which on average had over 100 employees.
The key benefits of our solution include the following:
|
· |
|
Comprehensive Platform Optimized for Medium-Sized Organizations. Our solutions empower finance and HR professionals in medium-sized organizations to drive strategic human capital decisions by providing enterprise-grade payroll and HCM applications, including robust reporting and analytics. Our unified platform fully automates payroll and HCM processes, enabling our clients to focus on core business activities. Our solutions help our clients attract, retain and manage their employees within a single, comprehensive system. |
|
· |
|
Modern, Intuitive User Experience. Our intuitive, easy-to-use interface is based on current technology and automatically adapts to users’ devices, including mobile platforms, thereby significantly increasing accessibility of our solutions and decreasing the need for training. Our platform’s self-service functionality and performance management applications provide employees with an engaging experience. Our performance management applications include peer-to-peer employee recognition and social employee profiles that create a reward and recognition environment resulting in greater employee engagement. |
|
· |
|
Flexible and Configurable Platform. We design our solutions to be flexible and configurable, allowing our clients to match their use of our software with their specific business processes and workflows. Our platform has been organically developed from a common code base, data structure and user interface, providing a consistent user experience with powerful features that are easily adaptable to our clients’ needs. Our systems centralize payroll and HCM data, minimizing inconsistent and incomplete information that can be produced when using multiple databases. |
|
· |
|
Highly-Attractive SaaS Solution for Medium-Sized Organizations . Our solutions are cloud-based and offered on a subscription basis, making them easier and more affordable to implement, operate and update |
4
and enabling our clients to focus less on their IT infrastructure and more on their core businesses. Our cloud-based software can be operated by a single administrator without the support of an in-house information technology department. Our multi-tenant and modern architecture allows for frequent software enhancements thereby enabling our clients to react to a rapidly changing and complex operating environment. Our cloud-based platform enables our clients to scale their businesses without having to acquire additional hardware or to resolve the integration challenges that often result from traditional outsourcing solutions. |
|
· |
|
Seamless Integration with Extensive Ecosystem of Partners . Our platform offers our clients automated data integration with over 200 related third-party partner systems, such as 401(k), benefits and insurance provider systems. This integration reduces the complexity and risk of error of manual data transfers and saves time for our clients and their employees. We integrate data with these related systems through a secure connection, which significantly decreases the risk of unauthorized third-party access and other security breaches. Our direct and automated data transmission improves the accuracy of data and facilitates data collection in our partners’ systems. We believe having automated data integration with a payroll and HCM provider like us differentiates our partners’ product offerings, strengthening their competitive positioning in their own markets. |
Our Strategy
We intend to strengthen and extend our position as a provider of cloud-based payroll and HCM software solutions to medium-sized organizations. Key elements of our strategy include:
|
· |
|
Grow Our Client Base . We believe that our current client base represents only a small portion of the medium-sized organizations that could benefit from our solutions. While we served approximately 14,550 clients across the U.S. as of June 30, 2017, there were over 610,000 firms with 20 to 999 employees in the U.S., employing more than 43 million persons, according to the U.S. Census Bureau in 2014. In order to acquire new clients, we plan to continue to grow our sales organization aggressively across all U.S. geographies. |
|
· |
|
Expand Our Product Offerings . We believe that our leadership position is in significant part the result of our investment and innovation in our product offerings designed for medium-sized organizations. Therefore, we plan to increase investment in software development to continue to advance our platform and expand our product offerings. For example, in fiscal 2017, we released Web Expense and Paylocity Recruiting, which simplify and automate employee expense management and recruitment tasks. |
|
· |
|
Increase Average Revenue Per Client . Our average revenue per client has consistently increased in each of the last three years as we have broadened our product offerings. We plan to further grow average revenue per client by selling a broader selection of products to new and existing clients. |
|
· |
|
Extend Technological Leadership . We believe that our organically developed cloud-based multi-tenant software platform, combined with our unified database architecture, enhances the experience and usability of our products, providing what we believe to be a competitive advantage over alternative solutions. Our modern, intuitive user interface utilizes features found on many popular consumer Internet sites, enabling users to use our solutions with limited training. We plan to continue our technology innovation, as we have done with our mobile applications, social features and analytics capabilities. |
|
· |
|
Further Develop Our Referral Network . We have developed a strong network of referral participants, such as 401(k) advisors, benefits administrators, insurance brokers, third-party administrators and HR consultants that recommend our solutions and provide referrals. We believe that our platform’s automated data integration with over 200 related third-party partner systems is valuable to our referral participants, as they are able to access payroll and HR data through a single system which decreases complexity and cost and complements their own product offerings. We plan to increase integration with third-party providers and expand our referral network to grow our client base and lower our client acquisition costs. |
5
Our Products
Our cloud-based platform features a suite of unified payroll and HCM applications. Our solutions are highly configurable and easy to use, implement, update and maintain.
Payroll (Web Pay)
Paylocity Web Pay is designed to provide enterprise-grade payroll processing and administration from a convenient cloud-based platform. Key features of Web Pay include:
|
|
|
Feature |
|
Functionality |
Configurable Templates |
|
Combination of standard and modifiable templates powered by highly-flexible drag-and-drop technology |
|
|
Standard templates such as new hire, job change, leave of absence and termination templates |
|
|
Enables users to configure user interface to efficiently align to organizations’ business processes |
|
|
Ability to require additional data, add default values and insert new custom fields increases accuracy and consistency of data across the platform |
Custom Checklists |
|
Allows users to track critical steps in hiring and other processes |
|
|
riggers reports and notification emails to track critical steps and informs users when tasks are complete |
Advanced Reporting |
|
Easy-to-use, powerful reporting dashboard enables users to design and create ad- hoc reports or rely on over 100 standard reports |
|
|
Ability to generate a variety of pre-process reports via report library and report writer |
|
|
Real-time report generation, including the ability to automatically schedule reports to run on a user-defined frequency |
|
|
Point-in-time reporting, including comparative analysis over multiple periods, allowing users to view data from any time in history |
Data Integration |
|
Ability to set up multiple data integrations with a wide array of benefits and retirement plan providers |
6
Core HR (Web HR)
Paylocity Web HR provides a set of core HR capabilities designed to improve HR compliance, enhance reporting capabilities and reduce the amount of time necessary to manage employee information. Key features of Web HR include:
7
Talent Management
Paylocity’s Talent suite is designed to bring ease and convenience to the employee performance appraisal process and to give employees the opportunity to participate in their performance review and be more engaged in their professional development. Employee reviews and appraisals throughout the organization are stored and analyzed in a single system. Key features of Talent include:
|
|
|
Feature |
|
Functionality |
Reviews |
|
Provides the ability for employees and managers to complete online reviews, add comments and sign off on completed reviews |
|
|
Includes automated workflow at each step of the review process with ability for HR administrators to review and provide feedback prior to final approval |
360° Feedback |
|
Provides the ability to access feedback from employees across the organization to receive input on employee performance and accomplishments |
|
|
Enables year-round or point-in-time 360° feedback |
Goals Management |
|
Manages employee goals and appraisals in a single place to reduce the time required to navigate between screens |
|
|
Allows specific goals to be displayed on the performance review for increased employee focus and development |
|
|
Assigns goals specific to employees based on skill level and other factors |
Impressions |
|
Provides employees the ability to recognize each other and provide immediate feedback |
|
|
Impression leaderboard is visible to everyone in the organization providing recognition for top performers |
Recruiting |
|
Auto-fill of resume information to save time and effort in the candidate’s application process Tracking of applicants through the workflow in order to reduce time spent on the recruiting and talent acquisition process and so that users quickly know the status of any prospects at critical stages in the process Repository of applicant information and feedback for future reference and sourcing |
Onboarding |
|
Mobile responsive design and attractive, intuitive interface, engaging new hires in the process Robust events management capabilities, empowering administrators to proactively manage the onboarding process High level of customization, allowing administrators to tailor tasks and overall experience for new hires Withholding forms wizard, simplifying the process of completing important tax-related paperwork Ability to add customized content including welcome message, documents, videos and other company specific information |
Journals |
|
Captures and tracks ongoing discussions with employees to support performance appraisals |
8
Time & Labor (Web Time and Web Expense)
Paylocity Web Time is a time and attendance solution designed to automate manual processes, improve productivity and help organizations control labor costs. Key features of Web Time include:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Feature |
|
Functionality |
Task Management |
|
Scheduling management |
|
|
Time and attendance tracking, including overtime, rounding rules, payroll policies, labor allocation and time-off accruals |
|
|
Tracks tardiness, absenteeism, and misuse of break or meal periods |
Multiple Hardware Options |
|
Functions with a wide variety of biometric and bar code hardware options to track employees’ time |
Mobile Functionality |
|
Ability for employees to punch in and out from their mobile devices |
|
|
Enables employees to view upcoming work schedules or request time-off from anywhere |
|
|
Geo-fencing capabilities that allow managers to set parameters for where punches may occur |
Paylocity Web Expense is an expense management tool designed to streamline and automate the expense management process by eliminating manual steps involved in filing, approving, and reimbursing expenses. Key features of Web Expense include:
|
|
|
Feature |
|
Functionality |
Simplified Workflow |
|
File and submit expenses in an intuitive and unified module Capture and submit receipts from a mobile device |
|
|
Approve expense reports quickly and easily Receive notifications throughout the entire reimbursement process |
Monitoring |
|
Access expense history |
|
|
Generate and analyze spend reports |
Automated Reporting |
|
Automatically create general ledger entries |
Benefits (Web Benefits)
Paylocity Web Benefits and Paylocity Enterprise Benefits, Powered by bswift are benefit management solutions that integrate with insurance carrier systems to provide automated administrative processes and allow users to choose benefit elections and make life event changes online, summarize benefit elections and perform other similar benefit-related tasks. These solutions also enable premium reconciliation, management of voluntary benefits and advanced reporting. Both Web Benefits and Paylocity Enterprise Benefits integrate seamlessly with Paylocity’s Web Pay. Key features of Web Benefits include:
|
|
|
Feature |
|
Functionality |
Annual Enrollment |
|
Easy to follow and customizable enrollment process for employees Allows modeling of payroll deductions and changes for life events |
|
|
Customizable enrollment portal content (text, links, documents, logos) |
Administrative Efficiency |
|
Can develop e nrollment reminders through announcements, enrollment rules, and eligibility groups |
|
|
Reporting on employee enrollment status and enrollment summary Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) support for insurance carriers |
Implementation and Client Services
Delivering our clients a positive experience is an essential element of our ability to sell our solutions and retain our clients. We provide our clients with a single point of contact supplemented by teams with deep technical and subject
9
matter expertise. The single point of contact allows our account managers to better understand our clients’ needs, which we believe strengthens our client relationships.
Implementation and Training Services
Our clients are medium-sized organizations that are typically migrating to our platform from a competitive solution or are adopting an online payroll and HCM solution for the first time. These organizations often have limited internal resources and generally rely on us to implement our solutions.
We typically implement our Paylocity Web Pay product within only three to four weeks and any additional products thereafter, as requested by the client. Each client is guided through the implementation process by knowledgeable consultants for all implementation matters. We believe our ability to rapidly implement our solutions is principally due to the combination of our emphasis on engagement with the client, our standardized methodology, our cloud-based architecture and our highly-configurable, easy-to-use products.
We offer our clients the opportunity to participate in formal training designed to increase their ability to further utilize the functionality of our products within their organizations. Our training courses are designed to enable selected employees of our clients to develop expertise in our solutions and act as a first-level support resource for their colleagues.
In order to ensure client satisfaction, a team of client service representatives conducts a comprehensive audit of a client’s account after the client has completed the implementation process. Thereafter, the client is transitioned to our client service team.
Client Service
Our client service model is designed to serve the needs of medium-sized organizations and to build loyalty by developing strong relationships with our clients. We strive to achieve high revenue retention, in part, by delivering high-quality service. Our revenue retention was greater than 92% in each of fiscal 2015, 2016 and 2017.
Each client is assigned an account management team that serves as the central point of contact for any questions or support needs. We believe this approach enhances our client service by providing each client with a single person who understands the client’s business, responds quickly and is accountable for the client experience. Our account managers are supplemented by teams with deep technical and subject matter expertise who help to expediently and effectively address client needs. We also proactively solicit client feedback through ongoing surveys from which we receive actionable feedback that we use to enhance our client service processes.
Tax and Regulatory Services
Our software contains a rules engine designed to make accurate tax calculations that is continually updated to support all pertinent legislative changes across all U.S. jurisdictions. Our tax filing service provides a variety of solutions to our clients including processing payroll tax deposits, preparing and filing quarterly and annual tax returns and amendments and resolving client tax notices.
Clients
As of June 30, 2017, we provided our solutions to approximately 14,550 clients in all U.S states. The rate at which we add clients is highly variable period-to-period and highly seasonal as many clients switch solutions during the first calendar quarter of each year. Although many clients have multiple divisions, segments or locations, we only count such clients once for these purposes.
Our clients include for-profit and non-profit organizations across industries including business services, financial services, healthcare, manufacturing, restaurants, retail, technology and others. For each of the three years ended June 30, 2015, 2016 and 2017, no client accounted for more than 1% of our revenues.
10
Sales and Marketing
We market and sell our products and services primarily through our direct sales force. Our direct sales force includes sales representatives who have defined geographic territories throughout the U.S. We seek to hire experienced sales representatives wherever they are located, and believe we have room to grow the number of sales representatives in each of our territories.
The sales cycle begins with a sales lead generated by the sales representative through our third-party referral network, a client referral, our telemarketing team, our external website, e-mail marketing or territory- based activities. Through one or more on-site visits, phone-based sales calls, or web demonstrations, sales representatives perform in-depth analysis of prospective clients’ needs and demonstrate our solutions. We employ sophisticated software to track, classify and manage our sales representatives’ pipeline of potential clients. We support our sales force with a marketing program that includes seminars and webinars, email marketing, social media marketing, broker events and web marketing.
Referral Network
As a core element of our business strategy, we have developed a referral network of third-party service providers, including 401(k) advisors, benefits administrators, insurance brokers, third-party administrators and HR consultants, that recommend our solutions and provide referrals. Our referral network has become an increasingly important component of our sales process, and in fiscal 2017, approximately 30% of our new client revenue originated by referrals from participants in our referral network.
We believe participants in our referral network refer potential clients to us because we do not provide services that compete with their own and because we offer third parties the ability to integrate their systems with our platform. Unlike other payroll and HCM solution providers who also provide retirement plans, health insurance and other products and services competitive with the offerings of the participants in our referral network, we focus only on our core business of providing cloud-based payroll and HCM solutions. In some cases, we have formalized relationships in which we are a recommended vendor of these participants. In other cases, our relationships are informal. We typically do not compensate these participants for referrals.
Partner Ecosystem
We have developed a partner ecosystem of third-party systems, such as 401(k), benefits and insurance provider systems, with whom we provide automated data integration for our clients. These third-party providers require certain financial information from their clients in order to efficiently provide their respective services. After securing authorization from the client, we exchange payroll data with these providers. In turn, these third-party providers supply data to us, which allows us to deliver comprehensive benefit management services to our clients. We believe our ability to integrate our systems with those of these partners adds value to our mutual clients and to our partners.
We have also developed our solutions to integrate with a variety of other systems used by our clients, such as accounting, point of sale, banking, expense management, recruiting, background screening and skills assessment solutions. We believe our clients benefit from an integrated and seamless solution.
Technology
We offer our solutions on a cloud-based platform that leverages a unified database architecture and a common code base that we organically developed. Clients do not need to install our software in their data centers and can access our solutions through any mobile device or web browser with Internet access.
|
· |
|
Multi-Tenant Architecture. Our software solutions were designed with a multi-tenant architecture. This architecture gives us an advantage over many disparate traditional systems, which are less flexible and require longer and more costly development and upgrade cycles. |
11
|
· |
|
Mobile Focused. We employ mobile-centric principles in our solution design and development. We believe that the increasing mobility of employees heightens the importance of access to our solutions through mobile devices, including smart phones and tablets. Our mobile experience provides our clients and their employees with access to our solutions through virtually any device having Internet access. We bring the flexibility of a secure, cloud-based solution to users without the need to access a traditional desktop or laptop computer. |
|
· |
|
Security. We maintain comprehensive security programs designed to ensure the security and integrity of client and employee data, protect against security threats or data breaches and prevent unauthorized access. We regulate and limit all access to servers and networks at our data centers. Our systems are monitored for irregular or suspicious activity, and we have dedicated internal staff perform security assessments for each release. Our systems undergo regular penetration testing and source code reviews by an independent third-party security firm. |
We host our solutions at a third-party facility in Franklin Park, Illinois and utilize another third-party facility in Kenosha, Wisconsin for backup and disaster recovery. We supply the hardware infrastructure and are responsible for the ongoing maintenance of our equipment at all data center locations.
Competition
The market for payroll and HCM solutions is fragmented, highly competitive and rapidly changing. Our competitors vary for each of our solutions and include enterprise-focused software providers, such as Ultimate Software Group, Inc., Workday, Inc., SAP AG, Oracle Corporation and Ceridian Corporation; payroll service providers, such as Automatic Data Processing, Inc., Paychex, Inc., Paycom Software, Inc., Paycor, Inc. and other regional providers; and HCM point solutions providers, such as Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.
We believe the principal competitive factors on which we compete in our market include the following:
|
· |
|
Focus on medium-sized organizations; |
|
· |
|
Breadth and depth of product functionality; |
|
· |
|
Configurability and ease of use of our solutions; |
|
· |
|
Modern, intuitive user experience; |
|
· |
|
Benefits of a cloud-based technology platform; |
|
· |
|
Ability to innovate and respond to client needs rapidly; |
|
· |
|
Domain expertise in payroll and HCM; |
|
· |
|
Quality of implementation and client service; |
|
· |
|
Ease of implementation; |
|
· |
|
Real-time web-based payroll processing; and |
|
· |
|
Integration with a wide variety of third-party applications and systems. |
12
We believe that we compete favorably on these factors within the medium-sized organization market. We believe our ability to remain competitive will largely depend on the success of our continued investment in sales and marketing, research and development and implementation and client services.
Research and Development
We invest heavily in research and development to continuously introduce new applications, technologies, features and functionality. We are organized in small product-centric teams that utilize an agile development methodology. We focus our efforts on developing new applications and core technologies and on further enhancing the usability, functionality, reliability, performance and flexibility of existing applications.
Research and development costs, including research and development costs that were capitalized, were $24.7 million, $36.3 million and $44.5 million for the years ended June 30, 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively. Our research and development personnel are principally located at our headquarters, although we seek to hire highly experienced personnel wherever they are located.
Intellectual Property
Our success is dependent, in part, on our ability to protect our proprietary technology and other intellectual property rights. We rely on a combination of trade secrets, copyrights and trademarks, as well as contractual protections to establish and protect our intellectual property rights. We require our employees, consultants and other third parties to enter into confidentiality and proprietary rights agreements and control access to software, documentation and other proprietary information. Although we rely on laws respecting intellectual property rights, including trade secret, copyright and trademark laws, as well as contractual protections to establish and protect our intellectual property rights, we believe that factors such as the technological and creative skills of our personnel, creation of new modules, features and functionality and frequent enhancements to our applications are more essential to establishing and maintaining our technology leadership position.
Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary technology and our intellectual property rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to misappropriate our rights or to copy or obtain and use our proprietary technology to develop applications with the same functionality as our applications. Policing unauthorized use of our technology and intellectual property rights is very difficult.
We expect that providers of payroll and HCM solutions such as ours may be subject to third-party infringement claims as the market and the number of competitors grows, and the functionality of applications in different industry segments overlaps. Any of these or other third parties might make a claim of infringement against us at any time.
Employees
As of June 30, 2017, we had approximately 2,115 full-time employees, of which 725 were in client services and operations, 480 were in client implementation, 450 were in sales and marketing, 300 were in research and development and 160 were in general and administrative. None of our employees is represented by a union or is party to a collective bargaining agreement, and we have not experienced any work stoppages. We believe we have good relations with our employees and that our employee-focused culture benefits our clients and supports our growth. Our management team is committed to maintaining and improving our culture even as we grow rapidly.
Available Information
Our Internet address is www.paylocity.com and our investor relations website is located at http://investors.paylocity.com. We make available free of charge on our investor relations website under the heading “Financials” our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after such materials are electronically filed with (or furnished to) the SEC. Information contained on our websites is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In addition, the public may read and copy materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference
13
Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet site, www.sec.gov, that includes filings of and information about issuers that file electronically with the SEC.
Our business, prospects, financial condition or operating results could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks, as well as other risks not currently known to us or that are currently considered immaterial. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of the risks and uncertainties described below, and you may lose all or part of your investment. In assessing these risks, you should also refer to the other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes.
We have incurred losses in the past, and we may not be able to sustain profitability for the foreseeable future.
We have incurred net losses from time to time. We incurred net losses of $7,110,000, $13,972,000 and $3,851,000 in fiscal 2014, fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2016, respectively. While we have generated net income in fiscal 2017, it does not ensure that we will earn continued net income in future periods. We have been growing our number of clients rapidly, and as we do so, we incur significant sales and marketing, services and other related expenses. Our profitability will be significantly influenced by our ability to attain sufficient scale and productivity to achieve recurring revenues that are sufficient to support the incremental costs to obtain and support new clients. We intend for the foreseeable future to continue to focus predominately on adding new clients, and we cannot predict when we will achieve sustained profitability, if at all. We also expect to make other significant expenditures and investments in research and development to expand and improve our product offerings and technical infrastructure. In addition, as a public company, we have incurred significant legal, accounting and other expenses. These increased expenditures have made it harder for us to achieve and maintain profitability. We also may incur losses in the future for a number of other unforeseen reasons. Accordingly, we may incur losses in the foreseeable future.
Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated in the past and may continue to fluctuate, causing the value of our common stock to decline substantially.
Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. Moreover, our stock price might be based on expectations of future performance that are unrealistic or that we might not meet and, if our revenue or operating results fall below such expectations, the price of our common stock could decline substantially.
Our number of new clients typically increases more during our third fiscal quarter ending March 31 than during the rest of our fiscal year, primarily because many new clients prefer to start using our payroll and human capital management, or HCM, solutions at the beginning of a calendar year. In addition, client funds and year-end activities are traditionally higher during our third fiscal quarter. As a result of these factors, our total revenue and expenses have historically grown disproportionately during our third fiscal quarter as compared to other quarters.
In addition to other risk factors listed in this section, some of the important factors that may cause fluctuations in our quarterly operating results include:
|
· |
|
The extent to which our products achieve or maintain market acceptance; |
|
· |
|
Our ability to introduce new products and enhancements and updates to our existing products on a timely basis; |
|
· |
|
Competitive pressures and the introduction of enhanced products and services from competitors; |
|
· |
|
Changes in client budgets and procurement policies; |
14
|
· |
|
The amount and timing of our investment in research and development activities and whether such investments are capitalized or expensed as incurred; |
|
· |
|
The number of our clients’ employees; |
|
· |
|
Timing of recognition of revenues and expenses; |
|
· |
|
Client renewal rates; |
|
· |
|
Seasonality in our business; |
|
· |
|
Technical difficulties with our products or interruptions in our services; |
|
· |
|
Our ability to hire and retain qualified personnel; |
|
· |
|
A repeal of or changes to the laws and regulations related to the products and services which we offer; |
|
· |
|
Changes in accounting principles; and |
|
· |
|
Unforeseen legal expenses, including litigation and settlement costs. |
We do not have long-term agreements with clients, and our standard agreements with clients are generally terminable by our clients upon 60 or fewer days’ notice. If a significant number of clients elected to terminate their agreements with us, our operating results and our business would be adversely affected.
In addition, a significant portion of our operating expenses are related to compensation and other items which are relatively fixed in the short-term, and we plan expenditures based in part on our expectations regarding future needs and opportunities. Accordingly, changes in our business or revenue shortfalls could decrease our gross and operating margins and could cause significant changes in our operating results from period to period. If this occurs, the trading price of our common stock could fall substantially, either suddenly or over time.
Our operating results for previous fiscal quarters are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for the full fiscal years or for any future periods. We believe that, due to the underlying factors for quarterly fluctuations, quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our operations are not necessarily meaningful and that such comparisons should not be relied upon as indications of future performance.
Failure to manage our growth effectively could increase our expenses, decrease our revenue, and prevent us from implementing our business strategy.
We have been rapidly growing our revenue and number of clients, and we will seek to do the same for the foreseeable future. However, the growth in our number of clients puts significant strain on our business, requires significant capital expenditures and increases our operating expenses. To manage this growth effectively, we must attract, train, and retain a significant number of qualified sales, implementation, client service, software development, information technology and management personnel. We also must maintain and enhance our technology infrastructure and our financial and accounting systems and controls. If we fail to effectively manage our growth or we over-invest or under-invest in our business, our business and results of operations could suffer from the resultant weaknesses in our infrastructure, systems or controls. We could also suffer operational mistakes, a loss of business opportunities and employee losses. If our management is unable to effectively manage our growth, our expenses might increase more than expected, our revenue could decline or might grow more slowly than expected, and we might be unable to implement our business strategy.
15
The markets in which we participate are highly competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our operating results could be adversely affected.
The market for payroll and HCM solutions is fragmented, highly competitive and rapidly changing. Our competitors vary for each of our solutions, and include enterprise-focused software providers, such as Ultimate Software Group, Inc., Workday, Inc., SAP AG, Oracle Corporation and Ceridian Corporation, payroll service providers, such as Automatic Data Processing, Inc., Paychex, Inc., Paycom Software, Inc., Paycor, Inc. and other regional providers, and HCM point solutions, such as Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.
Several of our competitors are larger, have greater name recognition, longer operating histories and significantly greater resources than we do. Many of these competitors are able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products and services. Furthermore, our current or potential competitors may be acquired by third parties with greater available resources and the ability to initiate or withstand substantial price competition. As a result, our competitors may be able to develop products and services better received by our markets or may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, regulations or client requirements.
In addition, current and potential competitors have established, and might in the future establish, partner or form other cooperative relationships with vendors of complementary products, technologies or services to enable them to offer new products and services, to compete more effectively or to increase the availability of their products in the marketplace. New competitors or relationships might emerge that have greater market share, a larger client base, more widely adopted proprietary technologies, greater marketing expertise, greater financial resources, and larger sales forces than we have, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage. In light of these advantages, current or potential clients might accept competitive offerings in lieu of purchasing our offerings. We expect intense competition to continue for these reasons, and such competition could negatively impact our sales, profitability or market share.
If we do not continue to innovate and deliver high-quality, technologically advanced products and services, we will not remain competitive and our revenue and operating results could suffer.
The market for our solutions is characterized by rapid technological advancements, changes in client requirements, frequent new product introductions and enhancements and changing industry standards. The life cycles of our products are difficult to estimate. Rapid technological changes and the introduction of new products and enhancements by new or existing competitors could undermine our current market position.
Our success depends in substantial part on our continuing ability to provide products and services that medium-sized organizations will find superior to our competitors’ offerings and will continue to use. We intend to continue to invest significant resources in research and development in order to enhance our existing products and services and introduce new high-quality products that clients will want. If we are unable to predict user preferences or industry changes, or if we are unable to modify our products and services on a timely basis or to effectively bring new products to market, our sales may suffer.
In addition, we may experience difficulties with software development, industry standards, design, or marketing that could delay or prevent our development, introduction or implementation of new solutions and enhancements. The introduction of new solutions by competitors, the emergence of new industry standards or the development of entirely new technologies to replace existing offerings could render our existing or future solutions obsolete.
We may not have sufficient resources to make the necessary investments in software development and we may experience difficulties that could delay or prevent the successful development, introduction or marketing of new products or enhancements. In addition, our products or enhancements may not meet the increasingly complex client requirements of the marketplace or achieve market acceptance at the rate we expect, or at all. Any failure by us to anticipate or respond adequately to technological advancements, client requirements and changing industry standards, or any significant delays in the development, introduction or availability of new products or enhancements, could undermine our current market position.
16
If we are unable to release periodic updates on a timely basis to reflect changes in tax, benefit and other laws and regulations that our products help our clients address, the market acceptance of our products may be adversely affected and our revenues could decline.
Our solutions are affected by changes in tax, benefit and other laws and regulations and generally must be updated regularly to maintain their accuracy and competitiveness. Although we believe our SaaS platform provides us with flexibility to release updates in response to these changes, we cannot be certain that we will be able to make the necessary changes to our solutions and release updates on a timely basis, or at all. Failure to do so could have an adverse effect on the functionality and market acceptance of our solutions. Changes in tax, benefit and other laws and regulations could require us to make significant modifications to our products or delay or cease sales of certain products, which could result in reduced revenues or revenue growth and our incurring substantial expenses and write-offs.
Our business may be adversely impacted if the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (the “ACA”) is repealed in its entirety or certain aspects of the ACA are repealed or changed.
The ACA remains subject to legislative efforts to repeal, modify or delay the implementation of all or certain aspects of the law. Generally, if the ACA is repealed or modified in whole or in part, or if implementation of certain aspects of the ACA is delayed, such repeal, modification or delay could adversely impact our existing and future business and operating results. For example, any such repeal, modification or delay could negatively impact the revenue we currently generate from our ACA Compliance solution, overall gross margins, and require us to write-down capitalized internal-use software development costs related to ACA products. While we expect continued challenges to the ACA, at this time we are unable to more precisely predict the full impact of any repeal, modification or delay in the implementation of the ACA.
Because of the way we recognize our revenue and our expenses over varying periods, changes in our business may not be immediately reflected in our financial statements.
We recognize our revenue as services are performed. The amount of revenue we recognize in any particular period is derived in significant part based on the number of employees of our clients served by our solutions. As a result, our revenue is dependent in part on the success of our clients. The effect on our revenue of significant changes in sales of our solutions or in our clients’ businesses may not be fully reflected in our results of operations until future periods.
We recognize our expenses over varying periods based on the nature of the expense. In particular, we recognize implementation costs and sales commissions as they are incurred even though we recognize revenue as we perform services over extended periods. When a client terminates its relationship with us, we may not have derived enough revenue from that client to cover associated implementation costs. As a result, we may report poor operating results due to higher implementation costs and sales commissions in a period in which we experience strong sales of our solutions. Alternatively, we may report better operating results due to lower implementation costs and sales commissions in a period in which we experience a slowdown in sales. As a result, our expenses fluctuate as a percentage of revenue, and changes in our business generally may not be immediately reflected in our results of operations.
If our security measures are breached or unauthorized access to client data or funds is otherwise obtained, our solutions may be perceived as not being secure, clients may reduce the use of or stop using our solutions and we may incur significant liabilities.
Our solutions involve the storage and transmission of our clients’ and their employees’ proprietary and confidential information. This information includes bank account numbers, tax return information, social security numbers, benefit information, retirement account information, payroll information and system passwords. In addition, we collect and maintain personal information on our own employees in the ordinary course of our business. Finally, our business involves the storage and transmission of funds from the accounts of our clients to their employees, taxing and regulatory authorities and others. As a result, unauthorized access or security breaches of our systems or the systems of our clients could result in the unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, theft, litigation, indemnity obligations and other significant liabilities. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not identified until they are employed, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to
17
implement adequate preventative measures in advance. While we have security measures and controls in place to protect confidential information, prevent data loss, theft and other security breaches, including penetration tests of our systems by independent third parties, if our security measures are breached, our business could be substantially harmed and we could incur significant liabilities. Any such breach or unauthorized access could negatively affect our ability to attract new clients, cause existing clients to terminate their agreements with us, result in reputational damage and subject us to lawsuits, regulatory fines or other actions or liabilities which could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.
There can be no assurance that the limitations of liability in our contracts would be enforceable or adequate or would otherwise protect us from any such liabilities or damages with respect to any particular claim related to a breach or unauthorized access. We also cannot be sure that our existing general liability insurance coverage and coverage for errors or omissions will continue to be available on acceptable terms or will be available in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims, or that the insurer will not deny coverage as to any future claim. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceed available insurance coverage, or the occurrence of changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
If we fail to adequately expand our direct sales force with qualified and productive persons, we may not be able to grow our business effectively.
We primarily sell our products and implementation services through our direct sales force. To grow our business, we intend to focus on growing our client base for the foreseeable future. Our ability to add clients and to achieve revenue growth in the future will depend upon our ability to grow and develop our direct sales force and on their ability to productively sell our solutions. Identifying and recruiting qualified personnel and training them in the use of our software require significant time, expense and attention. The amount of time it takes for our sales representatives to be fully-trained and to become productive varies widely. In addition, if we hire sales representatives from competitors or other companies, their former employers may attempt to assert that these employees have breached their legal obligations, resulting in a diversion of our time and resources.
If our sales organization does not perform as expected, our revenues and revenue growth could suffer. In addition, if we are unable to hire, develop and retain talented sales personnel, if our sales force becomes less efficient as it grows or if new sales representatives are unable to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, we may not be able to grow our client base and revenues and our sales and marketing expenses may increase.
If our referral network participants reduce their referrals to us, we may not be able to grow our client base or revenues in the future.
Referrals from third-party service providers, including 401(k) advisors, benefits administrators, insurance brokers, third-party administrators and HR consultants, represent a significant source of potential clients for our products and implementation services. For example, we estimate that approximately 30% of our new sales in fiscal 2017 were referred to us from our referral network participants. In most cases, our relationships with referral network participants are informal, although in some cases, we have formalized relationships where we are a recommended vendor for their client.
Participants in our referral network are generally under no contractual obligation to continue to refer business to us, and we do not intend to seek contractual relationships with these participants. In addition, these participants are generally not compensated for referring potential clients to us, and may choose to instead refer potential clients to our competitors. Our ability to achieve revenue growth in the future will depend, in part, upon continued referrals from our network.
There can be no assurance that we will be successful in maintaining, expanding or developing our referral network. If our relationships with participants in our referral network were to deteriorate or if any of our competitors enter into strategic relationships with our referral network participants, sales leads from these participants could be
18
reduced or cease entirely. If we are not successful, we may lose sales opportunities and our revenues and profitability could suffer.
If the market for cloud-based payroll and HCM solutions among medium-sized organizations develops more slowly than we expect or declines, our business could be adversely affected.
We believe that the market for cloud-based payroll and HCM solutions is not as mature among medium-sized organizations as the market for outsourced services or on-premise software and services. It is not certain that cloud-based solutions will achieve and sustain high levels of client demand and market acceptance. Our success will depend to a substantial extent on the widespread adoption by medium-sized organizations of cloud-based computing in general, and of payroll and other HCM applications in particular. It is difficult to predict client adoption rates and demand for our solutions, the future growth rate and size of the cloud-based market or the entry of competitive solutions. The expansion of the cloud-based market depends on a number of factors, including the cost, performance, and perceived value associated with cloud-based computing, as well as the ability of cloud-based solutions to address security and privacy concerns. If other cloud-based providers experience security incidents, loss of client data, disruptions in delivery or other problems, the market for cloud-based applications as a whole, including our solutions, may be negatively affected. If cloud-based payroll and HCM solutions do not achieve widespread adoption among medium-sized organizations, or there is a reduction in demand for cloud-based computing caused by a lack of client acceptance, technological challenges, weakening economic conditions, security or privacy concerns, competing technologies and products, decreases in corporate spending or otherwise, it could result in a loss of clients, decreased revenues and an adverse impact on our business.
We typically pay employees and may pay taxing authorities amounts due for a payroll period before a client’s electronic funds transfers are finally settled to our account. If client payments are rejected by banking institutions or otherwise fail to clear into our accounts, we may require additional sources of short-term liquidity and our operating results could be adversely affected.
Our payroll processing business involves the movement of significant funds from the account of a client to employees and relevant taxing authorities. For example, in fiscal 2017 we processed over $92 billion in payroll transactions. Though we debit a client’s account prior to any disbursement on its behalf, due to Automated Clearing House, or ACH, banking regulations, funds previously credited could be reversed under certain circumstances and timeframes after our payment of amounts due to employees and taxing and other regulatory authorities. There is therefore a risk that the employer’s funds will be insufficient to cover the amounts we have already paid on its behalf. While such shortage and accompanying financial exposure has only occurred in very limited instances in the past, should clients default on their payment obligations in the future, we might be required to advance substantial amounts of funds to cover such obligations. In such an event, we may be required to seek additional sources of short-term liquidity, which may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all, and our operating results and our liquidity could be adversely affected and our banking relationships could be harmed.
Adverse changes in economic or political conditions could adversely affect our operating results and our business.
Our recurring revenues are based in part on the number of our clients’ employees. As a result, we are subject to risks arising from adverse changes in economic and political conditions. The state of the economy and the rate of employment, which deteriorated in the recent broad recession, may deteriorate further in the future. If weakness in the economy continues or worsens, many clients may reduce their number of employees and delay or reduce technology purchases. This could also result in reductions in our revenues and sales of our products, longer sales cycles, increased price competition and clients’ purchasing fewer solutions than they have in the past. Any of these events would likely harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows from operations.
Trade, monetary and fiscal policies, and political and economic conditions may substantially change, and credit markets may experience periods of constriction and volatility. For example, United Kingdom’s decision to leave the European Union has created global economic uncertainty, which, in turn, could depress the demand for our services. When there is a slowdown in the economy, employment levels and interest rates may decrease with a corresponding impact on our businesses. Clients may react to worsening conditions by reducing their spending on payroll and other
19
HCM solutions or renegotiating their contracts with us. We have agreements with various large banks to execute ACH and wire transfers as part of our client payroll and tax services. While we have contingency plans in place for bank failures, a failure of one of our banking partners or a systemic shutdown of the banking industry could result in the loss of client funds or impede us from accessing and processing funds on our clients’ behalf, and could have an adverse impact on our business and liquidity.
If the banks that currently provide ACH and wire transfers fail to properly transmit ACH or terminate their relationship with us or limit our ability to process funds or we are not able to increase our ACH capacity with our existing and new banks, our ability to process funds on behalf of our clients and our financial results and liquidity could be adversely affected.
We currently have agreements with nine banks to execute ACH and wire transfers to support our client payroll and tax services. If one or more of the banks fails to process ACH transfers on a timely basis, or at all, then our relationship with our clients could be harmed and we could be subject to claims by a client with respect to the failed transfers. In addition, these banks have no obligation to renew their agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If these banks terminate their relationships with us or restrict the dollar amounts of funds that they will process on behalf of our clients, their doing so may impede our ability to process funds and could have an adverse impact on our financial results and liquidity.
We depend on our senior management team and other key employees, and the loss of these persons or an inability to attract and retain highly skilled employees could adversely affect our business.
Our success depends largely upon the continued services of our key executive officers, including Steven R. Beauchamp, our President and Chief Executive Officer and acting Chief Financial Officer. We also rely on our leadership team in the areas of research and development, sales, services and general and administrative functions. From time to time, there may be changes in our executive management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, which could disrupt our business. While we have employment agreements with certain of our executive officers, including Mr. Beauchamp, these employment agreements do not require them to continue to work for us for any specified period and, therefore, they could terminate their employment with us at any time. The loss of one or more of our executive officers or key employees could have an adverse effect on our business.
If we are unable to recruit and retain highly-skilled product development and other technical persons, our ability to develop and support widely-accepted products could be impaired and our business could be harmed.
We believe that to grow our business and be successful, we must continue to develop products that are technologically-advanced, are highly integrable with third-party services, provide significant mobility capabilities and have pleasing and intuitive user experiences. To do so, we must attract and retain highly qualified personnel, particularly employees with high levels of experience in designing and developing software and Internet-related products and services. Competition for these personnel in the greater Chicago area and elsewhere is intense. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, our business and future growth prospects could be severely harmed. We follow a practice of hiring the best available candidates wherever located, but as we grow our business, the productivity of our product development and other research and development may be adversely affected. In addition, if we hire employees from competitors or other companies, their former employers may attempt to assert that these employees have breached their legal obligations, resulting in a diversion of our time and resources.
The sale and support of products and the performance of related services by us entail the risk of product or service liability claims, which could significantly affect our financial results.
Clients use our products in connection with the preparation and filing of tax returns and other regulatory reports. If any of our products contain errors that produce inaccurate results upon which users rely, or cause users to misfile or fail to file required information, we could be subject to liability claims from users. Our agreements with our clients typically contain provisions intended to limit our exposure to such claims, but such provisions may not be effective in limiting our exposure. Contractual limitations we use may not be enforceable and may not provide us with
20
adequate protection against product liability claims in certain jurisdictions. A successful claim for product or service liability brought against us could result in substantial cost to us and divert management’s attention from our operations.
Privacy concerns and laws or other domestic regulations may reduce the effectiveness of our applications and adversely affect our business.
Our clients collect, use and store personal or identifying information regarding their employees and their family members in our solutions. Federal and state government bodies and agencies have adopted, are considering adopting, or may adopt laws and regulations regarding the collection, use, storage and disclosure of such personal information. The costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, such laws and regulations that are applicable to our clients’ businesses may limit the use and adoption of our applications and reduce overall demand, or lead to significant fines, penalties or liabilities for any noncompliance with such privacy laws. Even the perception of privacy concerns, whether or not valid, may inhibit market adoption of our solutions.
All of these legislative and regulatory initiatives may adversely affect our clients’ ability to process, handle, store, use and transmit demographic and personal information regarding their employees and family members, which could reduce demand for our solutions.
In addition to government activity, privacy advocacy groups and the technology and other industries are considering various new, additional or different self-regulatory standards that may place additional burdens on us. If the processing of personal information were to be curtailed in this manner, our products would be less effective, which may reduce demand for our applications and adversely affect our business.
Our business could be adversely affected if we do not effectively implement our solutions or our clients are not satisfied with our implementation services.
Our ability to deliver our payroll and HCM solutions depends on our ability to effectively implement and to transition to, and train our clients on, our solutions. We do not recognize revenue from new clients until they process their first payroll. Further, our agreements with our clients are generally terminable by the clients on 60 days’ or less notice. If a client is not satisfied with our implementation services, the client could terminate its agreement with us before we have recovered our costs of implementation services, which would adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows. In addition, negative publicity related to our client relationships, regardless of its accuracy, may further damage our business by affecting our ability to compete for new business with current and prospective clients.
Our business could be affected if we are unable to accommodate increased demand for our implementation services resulting from growth in our business.
We may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate increased client demand for implementation services driven by our growth. The implementation process is the first substantive interaction with a new client. As a predicate to providing knowledgeable implementation services, we must have a sufficient number of personnel dedicated to that process. In order to ensure that we have sufficient employees to implement our solutions, we must closely coordinate hiring of personnel with our projected sales for a particular period. Because our sales cycle is typically only three to six weeks long, we may not be successful in coordinating hiring of implementation personnel to meet increased demand for our implementation services. Increased demand for implementation services without a corresponding staffing increase of qualified personnel could adversely affect the quality of services provided to new clients, and our business and our reputation could be harmed.
Any failure to offer high-quality client services may adversely affect our relationships with our clients and our financial results.
Once our applications are deployed, our clients depend on our client service organization to resolve issues relating to our solutions. Our clients are medium-sized organizations with limited personnel and resources to address payroll and other HCM related issues. These clients rely on us more so than larger companies with greater internal resources and expertise. High-quality client services are important for the successful marketing and sale of our products
21
and for the retention of existing clients. If we do not help our clients quickly resolve issues and provide effective ongoing support, our ability to sell additional products to existing clients would suffer and our reputation with existing or potential clients would be harmed.
In addition, our sales process is highly dependent on our applications and business reputation and on positive recommendations from our existing clients. Any failure to maintain high-quality client services, or a market perception that we do not maintain high-quality client services, could adversely affect our reputation, our ability to sell our solutions to existing and prospective clients, and our business, operating results and financial position.
If we fail to manage our technical operations infrastructure, our existing clients may experience service outages and our new clients may experience delays in the deployment of our applications.
We have experienced significant growth in the number of users, transactions and data that our operations infrastructure supports. We seek to maintain sufficient excess capacity in our data center and other operations infrastructure to meet the needs of all of our clients. We also seek to maintain excess capacity to facilitate the rapid provision of new client deployments and the expansion of existing client deployments. In addition, we need to properly manage our technological operations infrastructure in order to support version control, changes in hardware and software parameters and the evolution of our applications. However, the provision of new hosting infrastructure requires significant lead time. We have experienced, and may in the future experience, website disruptions, outages and other performance problems. These problems may be caused by a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, human or software errors, viruses, security attacks, fraud, spikes in client usage and denial of service issues. In some instances, we may not be able to identify the cause or causes of these performance problems within an acceptable period of time. If we do not accurately predict our infrastructure requirements, our existing clients may experience service outages that may subject us to financial penalties, financial liabilities and client losses. If our operations infrastructure fails to keep pace with increased sales, clients may experience delays as we seek to obtain additional capacity, which could adversely affect our reputation and our revenues.
In addition, our ability to deliver our cloud-based applications depends on the development and maintenance of Internet infrastructure by third parties. This includes maintenance of a reliable network backbone with the necessary speed, data capacity, bandwidth capacity, and security. Our services are designed to operate without interruption. However, we have experienced and expect that we will experience future interruptions and delays in services and availability from time to time. In the event of a catastrophic event with respect to one or more of our systems, we may experience an extended period of system unavailability, which could negatively impact our relationship with clients. To operate without interruption, both we and our clients must guard against:
|
· |
|
Damage from fire, power loss, natural disasters and other force majeure events outside our control; |
|
· |
|
Communications failures; |
|
· |
|
Software and hardware errors, failures and crashes; |
|
· |
|
Security breaches, computer viruses, hacking, denial-of-service attacks and similar disruptive problems; and |
|
· |
|
Other potential interruptions. |
We also rely on computer hardware purchased or leased and software licensed from third parties in order to offer our services. These licenses and hardware are generally commercially available on varying terms. However, it is possible that this hardware and software might not continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Any loss of the right to use any of this hardware or software could result in delays in the provisioning of our services until equivalent technology is either developed by us, or, if available, is identified, obtained and integrated.
Furthermore, our payroll application is essential to our clients’ timely payment of wages to their employees. Any interruption in our service may affect the availability, accuracy or timeliness of these programs and could damage
22
our reputation, cause our clients to terminate their use of our application, require us to indemnify our clients against certain losses due to our own errors and prevent us from gaining additional business from current or future clients.
Any disruption in the operation of our data centers could adversely affect our business.
We host our solutions at a third-party facility in Franklin Park, Illinois and utilize another third-party facility in Kenosha, Wisconsin for backup and disaster recovery. We also may decide to employ additional offsite data centers in the future to accommodate growth.
Problems faced by our data center locations, with the telecommunications network providers with whom we or they contract, or with the systems by which our telecommunications providers allocate capacity among their clients, including us, could adversely affect the availability and processing of our solutions and related services and the experience of our clients. If our data centers are unable to keep up with our growing needs for capacity, this could have an adverse effect on our business and cause us to incur additional expense. In addition, any financial difficulties faced by our third-party data center’s operator or any of the service providers with whom we or they contract may have negative effects on our business, the nature and extent of which are difficult to predict. Any changes in service levels at our third-party data center or any errors, defects, disruptions or other performance problems with our applications could adversely affect our reputation and may damage our clients’ stored files or result in lengthy interruptions in our services. Interruptions in our services might reduce our revenues, subject us to potential liability or other expenses or adversely affect our renewal rates.
In addition, while we own, control and have access to our servers and all of the components of our network that are located in our backup data centers, we do not control the operation of these facilities. The operators of our third party data center facilities have no obligations to renew their agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we are unable to renew these agreements on commercially reasonable terms, or if the data center operators are acquired, we may be required to transfer our servers and other infrastructure to new data center facilities, and we may incur costs and experience service interruption in doing so.
Our software might not operate properly, which could damage our reputation, give rise to claims against us, or divert application of our resources from other purposes, any of which could harm our business and operating results.
Our payroll and HCM software is complex and may contain or develop undetected defects or errors, particularly when first introduced or as new versions are released. Despite extensive testing, from time to time we have discovered defects or errors in our products. In addition, because changes in employer and legal requirements and practices relating to benefits are frequent, we discover defects and errors in our software and service processes in the normal course of business compared against these requirements and practices. Material performance problems or defects in our products and services might arise in the future, which could have an adverse impact on our business and client relationship and subject us to claims.
Moreover, software development is time-consuming, expensive and complex. Unforeseen difficulties can arise. We might encounter technical obstacles, and it is possible that we discover problems that prevent our products from operating properly. If they do not function reliably or fail to achieve client expectations in terms of performance, clients could cancel their agreements with us and/or assert liability claims against us. This could damage our reputation, impair our ability to attract or maintain clients and harm our results of operations.
Defects and errors and any failure by us to identify and address them could result in delays in product introductions and updates, loss of revenue or market share, liability to clients or others, failure to achieve market acceptance or expansion, diversion of development and other resources, injury to our reputation, and increased service and maintenance costs. Defects or errors in our product or service processes might discourage existing or potential clients from purchasing from us. Correction of defects or errors could prove to be impossible or impracticable. The costs incurred in correcting any defects or errors or in responding to resulting claims or liability might be substantial and could adversely affect our operating results.
23
Because of the large amount of data that we collect and manage, it is possible that hardware failures or errors in our systems could result in data loss or corruption, or cause the information that we collect to be incomplete or contain inaccuracies that our clients, their employees and taxing and other regulatory authorities regard as significant. The costs incurred in correcting any errors or in responding to regulatory authorities or to resulting claims or liability might be substantial and could adversely affect our operating results.
We maintain insurance, but our insurance may be inadequate or may not be available in the future on acceptable terms, or at all. In addition, our policy may not cover all claims made against us and defending a suit, regardless of its merit, could be costly and divert management’s attention.
Our clients might assert claims against us in the future alleging that they suffered damages due to a defect, error, or other failure of our product or service processes. A product liability claim and errors or omissions claim could subject us to significant legal defense costs and adverse publicity regardless of the merits or eventual outcome of such a claim.
Client funds that we hold are subject to market, interest rate, credit and liquidity risks. The loss of these funds could have an adverse impact on our business.
We invest funds held for our clients in liquid, investment-grade marketable securities, money market securities, and other cash equivalents. Nevertheless, our client fund assets are subject to general market, interest rate, credit, and liquidity risks. These risks may be exacerbated, individually or in unison, during periods of unusual financial market volatility. Any loss of or inability to access client funds could have an adverse impact on our cash position and results of operations and could require us to obtain additional sources of liquidity.
In addition, these funds are held in consolidated trust accounts, and as a result the aggregate amounts in the accounts exceed the applicable federal deposit insurance limits. We believe that since such funds are deposited in trust on behalf of our clients, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or the FDIC, would treat those funds as if they had been deposited by each of the clients themselves and insure each client’s funds up to the applicable deposit insurance limits. If the FDIC were to take the position that it is not obligated to provide deposit insurance for our clients’ funds or if the reimbursement of these funds were delayed, our business and our clients could be materially harmed.
If we are required to collect sales and use taxes in additional jurisdictions, we might be subject to liability for past sales and our future sales may decrease. Adverse tax laws or regulations could be enacted or existing laws could be applied to us or our clients, which could increase the costs of our services and adversely impact our business.
The application of federal, state, and local tax laws to services provided electronically is evolving. New income, sales, use or other tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations or ordinances could be enacted at any time (possibly with retroactive effect), and could be applied solely or disproportionately to services provided over the Internet. These enactments could adversely affect our sales activity due to the inherent cost increase the taxes would represent and ultimately result in a negative impact on our operating results and cash flows.
In addition, existing tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations or ordinances could be interpreted, changed, modified or applied adversely to us (possibly with retroactive effect), which could require us or our clients to pay additional tax amounts, as well as require us or our clients to pay fines or penalties and interest for past amounts.
For example, we might lose sales or incur significant expenses if states successfully impose broader guidelines on state sales and use taxes. A successful assertion by one or more states requiring us to collect sales or other taxes on our software or provision of our services could result in substantial tax liabilities for past transactions and otherwise harm our business. Each state has different rules and regulations governing sales and use taxes, and these rules and regulations are subject to varying interpretations that change over time. We review these rules and regulations periodically and, when we believe we are subject to sales and use taxes in a particular state, we may voluntarily engage state tax authorities in order to determine how to comply with that state’s rules and regulations. We cannot assure you that we will not be subject to sales and use taxes or related penalties for past sales in states where we currently believe no such taxes are required.
24
Vendors of services, like us, are typically held responsible by taxing authorities for the collection and payment of any applicable sales and similar taxes. If one or more taxing authorities determines that taxes should have, but have not, been paid with respect to our services, we might be liable for past taxes in addition to taxes going forward. Liability for past taxes might also include substantial interest and penalty charges. Our clients typically pay us for applicable sales and similar taxes. Nevertheless, our clients might be reluctant to pay back taxes and might refuse responsibility for interest or penalties associated with those taxes. If we are required to collect and pay back taxes and the associated interest and penalties, and if our clients fail or refuse to reimburse us for all or a portion of these amounts, we will incur unplanned expenses that may be substantial. Moreover, imposition of such taxes on us going forward will effectively increase the cost of our services to our clients and might adversely affect our ability to retain existing clients or to gain new clients in the areas in which such taxes are imposed.
Any future litigation against us could be costly and time-consuming to defend.
We may become subject, from time to time, to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business such as claims brought by our clients in connection with commercial disputes or employment claims made by our current or former employees. Litigation might result in substantial costs and may divert management’s attention and resources, which might seriously harm our business, overall financial condition, and operating results. Insurance might not cover such claims, might not provide sufficient payments to cover all the costs to resolve one or more such claims and might not continue to be available on terms acceptable to us. A claim brought against us that is uninsured or underinsured could result in unanticipated costs, thereby harming our operating results and leading analysts or potential investors to lower their expectations of our performance, which could reduce the trading price of our stock.
Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could impair our ability to protect our proprietary technology and our brand.
Our success is dependent, in part, upon protecting our proprietary technology. We rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secret laws and contractual restrictions to establish and protect our proprietary rights in our products and services. Our proprietary technologies are not covered by any patent or patent application. However, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property may be inadequate. We will not be able to protect our intellectual property if we are unable to enforce our rights or if we do not detect unauthorized use of our intellectual property. Despite our precautions, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy our products and use information that we regard as proprietary to create products and services that compete with ours. Some license provisions protecting against unauthorized use, copying, transfer and disclosure of our products may be unenforceable under the laws of certain jurisdictions and foreign countries.
We enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and consultants and enter into confidentiality agreements with the parties with whom we have strategic relationships and business alliances. No assurance can be given that these agreements will be effective in controlling access to and distribution of our products and proprietary information. The confidentiality agreements on which we rely to protect certain technologies may be breached and may not be adequate to protect our proprietary technologies. Further, these agreements do not prevent our competitors from independently developing technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our solutions. In addition, we depend, in part, on technology of third parties licensed to us for our solutions, and the loss or inability to maintain these licenses or errors in the software we license could result in increased costs, reduced service levels or delayed sales of our solutions.
In order to protect our intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect these rights. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights and to protect our trade secrets. Litigation brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time consuming and distracting to management and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Our inability to protect our proprietary technology against unauthorized copying or use, as well as any costly litigation or diversion of our management’s attention and resources, could delay further sales or the implementation of our solutions, impair the
25
functionality of our solutions, delay introductions of new solutions, result in our substituting inferior or more costly technologies into our solutions, or injure our reputation. In addition, we may be required to license additional technology from third parties to develop and market new solutions, and we cannot assure you that we could license that technology on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Although we do not expect that our inability to license this technology in the future would have a material adverse effect on our business or operating results, our inability to license this technology could adversely affect our ability to compete.
We may be sued by third parties for alleged infringement of their proprietary rights.
There is considerable patent and other intellectual property development activity in our industry. Our success depends, in part, upon our not infringing upon the intellectual property rights of others. Our competitors, as well as a number of other entities and individuals, may own or claim to own intellectual property relating to our industry. From time to time, third parties may claim that we are infringing upon their intellectual property rights, and we may be found to be infringing upon such rights. In the future, others may claim that our applications and underlying technology infringe or violate their intellectual property rights. However, we may be unaware of the intellectual property rights that others may claim cover some or all of our technology or services. Any claims or litigation could cause us to incur significant expenses and, if successfully asserted against us, could require that we pay substantial damages or ongoing royalty payments, prevent us from offering our services, or require that we comply with other unfavorable terms. We may also be obligated to indemnify our clients or business partners or pay substantial settlement costs, including royalty payments, in connection with any such claim or litigation and to obtain licenses, modify applications, or refund fees, which could be costly. Even if we were to prevail in such a dispute, any litigation regarding our intellectual property could be costly and time-consuming and divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations.
The use of open source software in our products and solutions may expose us to additional risks and harm our intellectual property rights.
Some of our products and solutions use or incorporate software that is subject to one or more open source licenses. Open source software is typically freely accessible, usable and modifiable. Certain open source software licenses require a user who intends to distribute the open source software as a component of the user’s software to disclose publicly part or all of the source code to the user’s software. In addition, certain open source software licenses require the user of such software to make any derivative works of the open source code available to others on potentially unfavorable terms or at no cost.
The terms of many open source licenses to which we are subject have not been interpreted by U.S. or foreign courts. Accordingly, there is a risk that those licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our solutions. In that event, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our products or solutions, to re-develop our products or solutions, to discontinue sales of our products or solutions, or to release our proprietary software code under the terms of an open source license, any of which could harm our business. Further, given the nature of open source software, it may be more likely that third parties might assert copyright and other intellectual property infringement claims against us based on our use of these open source software programs.
While we monitor the use of all open source software in our products, solutions, processes and technology and try to ensure that no open source software is used in such a way as to require us to disclose the source code to the related product or solution when we do not wish to do so, it is possible that such use may have inadvertently occurred in deploying our proprietary solutions. In addition, if a third-party software provider has incorporated certain types of open source software into software we license from such third party for our products and solutions without our knowledge, we could, under certain circumstances, be required to disclose the source code to our products and solutions. This could harm our intellectual property position and our business, results of operations and financial condition.
26
If third-party software used in our products is not adequately maintained or updated, our business could be materially adversely affected.
Our products utilize certain software of third-party software developers. For example, we license technology from bswift as part of our Paylocity Web Benefits solution. Although we believe that there are alternatives for these products, any significant interruption in the availability of such third-party software could have an adverse impact on our business unless and until we can replace the functionality provided by these products at a similar cost. Additionally, we rely, to a certain extent, upon such third parties’ abilities to enhance their current products, to develop new products on a timely and cost-effective basis and to respond to emerging industry standards and other technological changes. We may be unable to replace the functionality provided by the third-party software currently offered in conjunction with our products in the event that such software becomes obsolete or incompatible with future versions of our products or is otherwise not adequately maintained or updated.
Changes in laws and regulations related to the Internet or changes in the Internet infrastructure itself may diminish the demand for our applications, and could have a negative impact on our business.
The future success of our business depends upon the continued use of the Internet as a primary medium for commerce, communication and business applications. Federal, state or foreign government bodies or agencies have in the past adopted, and may in the future adopt, laws or regulations affecting the use of the Internet as a commercial medium. Changes in these laws or regulations could require us to modify our applications in order to comply with these changes. In addition, government agencies or private organizations may begin to impose taxes, fees or other charges for accessing the Internet or commerce conducted via the Internet. These laws or charges could limit the growth of Internet-related commerce or communications generally, resulting in reductions in the demand for Internet-based applications such as ours.
In addition, the use of the Internet as a business tool could be adversely affected due to delays in the development or adoption of new standards and protocols to handle increased demands of Internet activity, security, reliability, cost, ease of use, accessibility, and quality of service. The performance of the Internet and its acceptance as a business tool has been adversely affected by “viruses,” “worms” and similar malicious programs, and the Internet has experienced a variety of outages and other delays as a result of damage to portions of its infrastructure. If the use of the Internet is adversely affected by these issues, demand for our applications could suffer.
Furthermore, the availability or performance of our applications could be adversely affected by a number of factors, including clients’ inability to access the Internet, the failure of our network or software systems, security breaches or variability in user traffic for our services. For example, our clients access our solutions through their Internet service providers. If a service provider fails to provide sufficient capacity to support our applications or otherwise experiences service outages, such failure could interrupt our clients’ access to our solutions, adversely affect their perception of our applications’ reliability and reduce our revenues. In addition to potential liability, if we experience interruptions in the availability of our applications, our reputation could be adversely affected and we could lose clients.
Regulatory requirements placed on our software and services could impose increased costs on us, delay or prevent our introduction of new products and services, and impair the function or value of our existing products and services.
Our products and services may become subject to increasing regulatory requirements, and as these requirements proliferate, we may be required to change or adapt our products and services to comply. Changing regulatory requirements might render our products and services obsolete or might block us from developing new products and services. This might in turn impose additional costs upon us to comply or to further develop our products and services. It might also make introduction of new products and services more costly or more time-consuming than we currently anticipate. It might even prevent introduction by us of new products or services or cause the continuation of our existing products or services to become more costly.
27
We might require additional capital to support business growth, and this capital might not be available.
We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth and might require additional funds to respond to business challenges or opportunities, including the need to develop new products and services or enhance our existing services, enhance our operating infrastructure, and acquire complementary businesses and technologies. Accordingly, we might need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. In addition, we will need to expand our ACH capacity as we grow our business.
If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. Any debt financing or ACH facility secured by us in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital-raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which might make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities and to grow our business. In addition, we might not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly limited.
Our services present the potential for embezzlement, identity theft, or other similar illegal behavior by our associates with respect to third parties.
Certain services offered by us involve collecting payroll information from individuals, and this frequently includes information about their checking accounts. Our services also involve the use and disclosure of personal and business information that could be used to impersonate third parties, commit identity theft, or otherwise gain access to their data or funds. If any of our associates take, convert, or misuse such funds, documents or data, we could be liable for damages, and our business reputation could be damaged or destroyed. Moreover, if we fail to adequately prevent third parties from accessing personal and/or business information and using that information to commit identity theft, we might face legal liabilities and other losses than can have a negative impact on our business.
We rely on a third-party shipping provider to deliver printed checks to our clients, and therefore our business could be negatively impacted by disruptions in the operations of this third-party provider.
We rely on third-party couriers such as the United Parcel Service, or UPS, to ship printed checks to our clients. Relying on UPS and other third-party couriers puts us at risk from disruptions in their operations, such as employee strikes, inclement weather and their ability to perform tasks on our behalf. If UPS or other third-party couriers fail to perform their tasks, we could incur liability or suffer damages to our reputation, or both. If we are forced to use other third-party couriers, our costs could increase and we may not be able to meet shipment deadlines. Moreover, we may not be able to obtain terms as favorable as those we currently use, which could further increase our costs. These circumstances may negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our reported financial results may be adversely affected by changes in accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, the Securities and Exchange Commission, and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. A change in these principles or interpretations could have a significant effect on our reported financial results including increased volatility, and could affect the reporting of transactions completed before the announcement of a change. Our accounting policies that have been or may be affected by changes in accounting principles include, but are not limited to, revenue recognition and accounting for leases.
28
We may acquire other companies or technologies, which could divert our management’s attention, result in additional dilution to our stockholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and adversely affect our operating results.
We may in the future seek to acquire or invest in other businesses or technologies. The pursuit of potential acquisitions or investments may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are consummated.
In addition, we have limited experience in acquiring other businesses. If we acquire additional businesses, we may not be able to integrate the acquired personnel, operations and technologies successfully, or effectively manage the combined business following the acquisition. We also may not achieve the anticipated benefits from the acquired business due to a number of factors, including:
|
· |
|
Inability to integrate or benefit from acquired technologies or services in a profitable manner; |
|
· |
|
Unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisition; |
|
· |
|
Incurrence of acquisition-related costs; |
|
· |
|
Difficulty integrating the accounting systems, operations and personnel of the acquired business; |
|
· |
|
Difficulties and additional expenses associated with supporting legacy products and hosting infrastructure of the acquired business; |
|
· |
|
Difficulty converting the clients of the acquired business onto our applications and contract terms, including disparities in the revenues, licensing, support or professional services model of the acquired company; |
|
· |
|
Diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns; |
|
· |
|
Adverse effects to our existing business relationships with business partners and clients as a result of the acquisition; |
|
· |
|
The potential loss of key employees; |
|
· |
|
Use of resources that are needed in other parts of our business; and |
|
· |
|
Use of substantial portions of our available cash to consummate the acquisition. |
In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies we acquire may be allocated to acquired goodwill and other intangible assets, which must be assessed for impairment at least annually. In the future, if our acquisitions do not yield expected returns, we may be required to take charges to our operating results based on this impairment assessment process, which could adversely affect our results of operations.
Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, which could adversely affect our operating results. In addition, if an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our operating results, business and financial position may suffer.
29
Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock
Insiders have substantial control over us, which may limit our stockholders’ ability to influence corporate matters and delay or prevent a third party from acquiring control over us.
As of August 4, 2017, our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our common stock, together with their respective affiliates, beneficially owned, in the aggregate, approximately 48.6% of our outstanding common stock. This significant concentration of ownership may adversely affect the trading price for our common stock because investors often perceive disadvantages in owning stock in companies with controlling stockholders. In addition, these stockholders will be able to exercise influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets. This concentration of ownership could limit the ability of our other stockholders to influence corporate matters and may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control, including a merger, consolidation, or other business combination involving us, or discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control, even if that change in control would benefit our other stockholders.
Our stock price may be subject to wide fluctuations.
The trading price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. These factors include those discussed in this “Risk Factors” section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and others such as:
|
· |
|
Our operating performance and the operating performance of similar companies; |
|
· |
|
Announcements by us or our competitors of acquisitions, business plans or commercial relationships; |
|
· |
|
Any major change in our board of directors or senior management; |
|
· |
|
Publication of research reports or news stories about us, our competitors, or our industry, or positive or negative recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage by securities analysts; |
|
· |
|
The public’s reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the SEC; |
|
· |
|
Sales of our common stock by our directors, executive officers and affiliates; |
|
· |
|
Adverse market reaction to any indebtedness we may incur or securities we may issue in the future; |
|
· |
|
Short sales, hedging and other derivative transactions in our common stock; |
|
· |
|
Threatened or actual litigation; and |
|
· |
|
Other events or factors, including changes in general conditions in the United States and global economies or financial markets (including those resulting from the United Kingdom’s decision to exit from the European Union, acts of God, war, incidents of terrorism, or other destabilizing events and the resulting responses to them). |
In addition, the stock market in general and the market for Internet-related companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. Securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the overall market and in the market price of a company’s securities. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs, divert our management’s attention and resources, and harm our business, operating results, and financial condition.
30
We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.
We have not declared or paid dividends on our common stock in the past three fiscal years and do not currently intend to do so for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends on your common stock for the foreseeable future, and the success of an investment in shares of our common stock will depend upon future appreciation in its value, if any. There is no guarantee that shares of our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which our stockholders purchased their shares.
Future sales of shares of our common stock by existing stockholders could depress the market price of our common stock.
As of August 4, 2017, we had an aggregate of 51,750,086 outstanding shares of common stock. The 17,362,750 shares sold in our initial public offering, follow-on offering and secondary offering can be freely sold in the public market without restriction. The remaining shares can be freely sold in the public market, subject in some cases to volume and other restrictions under Rule 144 and 701 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and various agreements.
In addition, we have registered 15,092,927 shares of common stock that we have issued and may issue under our equity plans. These shares can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject in some cases to volume and other restrictions under Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, and various vesting agreements. In addition, some of our employees, including some of our executive officers, have entered into 10b5-1 trading plans regarding sales of shares of our common stock. These plans provide for sales to occur from time to time. If any of these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline.
Also, in the future, we may issue additional securities in connection with investments and acquisitions. The amount of our common stock issued in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then outstanding stock. Due to these factors, sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock.
If we are unable to maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock may be negatively affected.
As a public company, we are required to maintain internal controls over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal controls. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, requires that we evaluate and determine the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and provide a management report on the internal controls over financial reporting. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that our management report on the internal controls over financial reporting be attested to by our independent registered public accounting firm. If we have a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting, we may not detect errors on a timely basis and our financial statements may be materially misstated. Compliance with these public company requirements has made some activities more time-consuming, costly and complicated. If we identify material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting, if we are unable to assert that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.
31
We have incurred and will continue to incur significantly increased costs and devote substantial management time as a result of operating as a public company.
As a public company, we have incurred and will continue to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses. For example, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and are required to comply with the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as well as rules and regulations subsequently implemented by the SEC and the NASDAQ Global Select Market including the establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and changes in corporate governance practices. Compliance with these requirements has increased our legal and financial compliance costs and has made some activities more time consuming and costly. In addition, our management and other personnel have been required to divert attention from operational and other business matters to devote substantial time to these public company requirements. In particular, we have incurred and will continue to incur significant expenses as well as devote substantial management effort toward ensuring ongoing compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Although we have hired additional employees to comply with these requirements, we may need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge to comply with any regulatory changes.
If securities or industry analysts do not continue to publish research or publish unfavorable or misleading research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock depends in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes unfavorable or misleading research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the market for our stock and demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.
Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law could discourage, delay, or prevent a change in control of our company and may affect the trading price of our common stock.
We are a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which apply to us, may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control by prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, even if a change in control would be beneficial to our existing stockholders. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control over us that stockholders may consider favorable. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws:
|
· |
|
Authorize the issuance of “blank check” convertible preferred stock that could be issued by our board of directors to thwart a takeover attempt; |
|
· |
|
Establish a classified board of directors, as a result of which the successors to the directors whose terms have expired will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following their election; |
|
· |
|
Require that directors only be removed from office for cause and only upon a supermajority stockholder vote; |
|
· |
|
Provide that vacancies on the board of directors, including newly-created directorships, may be filled only by a majority vote of directors then in office rather than by stockholders; |
|
· |
|
Prevent stockholders from calling special meetings; and |
|
· |
|
Prohibit stockholder action by written consent, requiring all actions to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders. |
32
Our bylaws provide that the state and federal courts located within the state of Delaware are the sole and exclusive forums for certain legal actions involving the company or our directors, officers and employees .
On February 2, 2016, we amended our bylaws to designate the state and federal courts located within the state of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forums for claims arising derivatively, pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law or governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The choice of forum provision is expressly authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, which was amended so that companies would not have to litigate internal claims in more than one jurisdiction. If a court were to find the exclusive forum provision contained in our bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such extra-forum claims, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition. This bylaw provision, therefore, may dissuade or discourage claimants from initiating lawsuits or claims against us or our directors and officers in forums other than Delaware.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.
None.
As of June 30, 2017, our corporate headquarters occupied approximately 135,000 square feet in Arlington Heights, Illinois under leases with final expiration in July 2022. As of June 30, 2017, we also leased facilities in Schaumburg, Illinois, New York, New York, Rochester, New York, Lake Mary, Florida, Nashua, New Hampshire, Springfield, New Jersey, Boise, Idaho and Oakland, California.
In June 2016, we entered into a lease for approximately 309,559 rentable square feet of office space located in Schaumburg, Illinois. We intend to use the leased premises as our headquarters upon the expiration of the lease of our current headquarters. The lease provides for phased delivery and commencement dates, with commencement expected to occur on the following approximate dates: Phase I (June 1, 2017), Phase II (November 1, 2017), Phase III (July 1, 2018), and Phase IV (July 1, 2019). The actual commencement dates are subject to timely delivery of the premises by the landlord. The lease provides for a term beginning on the Phase I commencement date and ending 180 full calendar months after the landlord delivers the Phase II premises, which is expected to be on or about November 1, 2017, with two subsequent five-year renewal options.
In February 2017, we entered into a lease for approximately 62,000 rentable square feet of office space located in Meridian, Idaho. We intend to use the leased premises to accommodate the continued expansion of our employee base in the western region of the United States. The lease provides for phased delivery and commencement dates with commencement expected to occur on the following approximate dates: Phase I (July 1, 2018) and Phase II (February 1, 2020). The actual commencement dates are subject to timely delivery of the premises by the landlord. The lease provides for a term beginning on the Phase I commencement date and ending after 120 full calendar months with four subsequent five-year renewal options.
For additional information regarding obligations under operating leases, see Note 10 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8: “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
From time to time, we may become involved in litigation related to claims arising from the ordinary course of our business. We believe that there are no claims or actions pending or threatened against us, the ultimate disposition of which would have a material adverse effect on us.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.
Not applicable.
33
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Market Information
Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “PCTY”. The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the high and low intra-day sale prices per share of our common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
High |
|
Low |
|
||
Year ended June 30, 2016 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter |
|
$ |
37.49 |
|
$ |
29.02 |
|
Second Quarter |
|
$ |
46.23 |
|
$ |
29.66 |
|
Third Quarter |
|
$ |
38.56 |
|
$ |
25.17 |
|
Fourth Quarter |
|
$ |
43.20 |
|
$ |
32.88 |
|
Year ended June 30, 2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter |
|
$ |
47.27 |
|
$ |
41.47 |
|
Second Quarter |
|
$ |
46.02 |
|
$ |
30.01 |
|
Third Quarter |
|
$ |
39.51 |
|
$ |
29.92 |
|
Fourth Quarter |
|
$ |
49.16 |
|
$ |
37.93 |
|
On August 4, 2017, the last reported sale price of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market was $43.98 per share, and there were 17 holders of record of our common stock. The actual number of holders of common stock is greater than these numbers of record holders and includes stockholders who are beneficial owners, but whose shares are held in street name by brokers and nominees. The number of holders of record also does not include stockholders whose shares may be held in trust by other entities.
Use of Proceeds from Initial Public Offering of Common Stock
On March 24, 2014, we completed our initial public offering, or IPO, of 8,101,750 shares of common stock, at a price of $17.00 per share, before underwriting discounts and commissions. We sold 5,366,667 of such shares and existing shareholders sold an aggregate of 2,735,083 of such shares. The offer and sale of all of the shares in the IPO were registered under the Securities Act pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-193661), which was declared effective by the SEC on March 18, 2014.
With the proceeds of the IPO, we repaid amounts outstanding under a note issued by us to Commerce Bank & Trust Company on March 9, 2011, which totaled $1.1 million, paid $9.4 million for the purchase of substantially all of the assets of BFKMS Inc., and paid $9.5 million for the purchase of substantially all of the assets of Synergy Payroll LLC.
Use of Proceeds from Follow-On Offering of Common Stock
On December 17, 2014, we completed a follow-on offering of 4,960,000 shares of common stock at a price of $26.25 per share, before underwriting discounts and commissions. We sold 750,000 of such shares and existing shareholders sold an aggregate of 4,210,000 of such shares. The offer and sale of all of the shares in the follow-on offering were registered under the Securities Act pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-200448) which was declared effective by the SEC on December 11, 2014. There have been no material changes in the planned use of proceeds from the follow-on offering as described in the final prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) on December 12, 2014.
34
Use of Proceeds from Secondary Offering of Common Stock
On September 30, 2015, we completed a secondary offering of 4,301,000 shares of common stock at a price of $29.75 per share, before underwriting discounts and commissions. The offer and sale of all of the shares in the secondary offering were registered under the Securities Act pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-206941) which was declared effective by the SEC on September 25, 2015. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of common stock, as all the shares were sold by shareholders of the Company.
Dividend Policy
We have not declared or paid dividends on our common stock since our IPO. Neither Delaware law nor our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires our board of directors to declare dividends on our common stock. Any future determination to declare cash dividends on our common stock will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. We do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future.
Equity Compensation Plan Information
Information regarding the securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans will be included in our Proxy Statement relating to our 2018 annual meeting of stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, and is incorporated herein by reference.
Performance Graph
Notwithstanding any statement to the contrary in any of our filings with the SEC, the following information shall not be deemed “filed” with the SEC or “soliciting material” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and shall not be incorporated by reference into any such filings irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.
The following graph compares the total cumulative stockholder return on our common stock with the total cumulative return of the S&P 500 Index and the S&P 1500 Application Software Index during the period commencing on March 19, 2014, the initial trading day of our common stock, and ending on June 30, 2017. The graph assumes that $100 was invested at the beginning of the period in our common stock and in each of the comparative indices, and the
35
reinvestment of any dividends. Historical stock price performance should not be relied upon as an indication of future stock price performance.
36
Item 6. Selected Financial Data.
Consolidated Selected Financial Data
You should read the following selected consolidated financial data together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the information under the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our fiscal year ends on June 30. The statements of operations data presented below have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of future results.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended June 30, |
|||||||||||||
|
|
2013 |
|
2014 |
|
2015 |
|
2016 |
|
2017 |
|||||
|
|
(in thousands, except per share data) |
|||||||||||||
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recurring fees |
|
$ |
71,309 |
|
$ |
100,362 |
|
$ |
142,168 |
|
$ |
217,416 |
|
$ |
284,817 |
Interest income on funds held for clients |
|
|
1,459 |
|
|
1,582 |
|
|
1,901 |
|
|
2,688 |
|
|
3,631 |
Total recurring revenues |
|
|
72,768 |
|
|
101,944 |
|
|
144,069 |
|
|
220,104 |
|
|
288,448 |
Implementation services and other |
|
|
4,526 |
|
|
6,743 |
|
|
8,629 |
|
|
10,597 |
|
|
11,562 |
Total revenues |
|
|
77,294 |
|
|
108,687 |
|
|
152,698 |
|
|
230,701 |
|
|
300,010 |
Cost of revenues: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recurring revenues |
|
|
28,863 |
|
|
37,319 |
|
|
46,366 |
|
|
66,131 |
|
|
85,399 |
Implementation services and other |
|
|
10,803 |
|
|
17,775 |
|
|
24,530 |
|
|
31,954 |
|
|
38,588 |
Total cost of revenues |
|
|
39,666 |
|
|
55,094 |
|
|
70,896 |
|
|
98,085 |
|
|
123,987 |
Gross profit |
|
|
37,628 |
|
|
53,593 |
|
|
81,802 |
|
|
132,616 |
|
|
176,023 |
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing |
|
|
18,693 |
|
|
28,276 |
|
|
43,035 |
|
|
61,832 |
|
|
77,506 |
Research and development |
|
|
6,825 |
|
|
10,355 |
|
|
19,864 |
|
|
26,736 |
|
|
29,098 |
General and administrative |
|
|
12,079 |
|
|
21,980 |
|
|
32,824 |
|
|
47,598 |
|
|
62,123 |
Total operating expenses |
|
|
37,597 |
|
|
60,611 |
|
|
95,723 |
|
|
136,166 |
|
|
168,727 |
Operating income (loss) |
|
|
31 |
|
|
(7,018) |
|
|
(13,921) |
|
|
(3,550) |
|
|
7,296 |
Other income (expense) |
|
|
(16) |
|
|
163 |
|
|
54 |
|
|
(124) |
|
|
73 |
Income (loss) before income taxes |
|
|
15 |
|
|
(6,855) |
|
|
(13,867) |
|
|
(3,674) |
|
|
7,369 |
Income tax expense (benefit) |
|
|
(602) |
|
|
255 |
|
|
105 |
|
|
177 |
|
|
651 |
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
617 |
|
$ |
(7,110) |
|
$ |
(13,972) |
|
$ |
(3,851) |
|
$ |
6,718 |
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders |
|
$ |
(2,291) |
|
$ |
(9,392) |
|
$ |
(13,972) |
|
$ |
(3,851) |
|
$ |
6,718 |
Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
(0.07) |
|
$ |
(0.26) |
|
$ |
(0.28) |
|
$ |
(0.08) |
|
$ |
0.13 |
Diluted |
|
$ |
(0.07) |
|
$ |
(0.26) |
|
$ |
(0.28) |
|
$ |
(0.08) |
|
$ |
0.12 |
Weighted average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
31,988 |
|
|
36,707 |
|
|
50,127 |
|
|
50,913 |
|
|
51,415 |
Diluted |
|
|
31,988 |
|
|
36,707 |
|
|
50,127 |
|
|
50,913 |
|
|
54,057 |
Other Financial Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted Gross Profit(1) |
|
$ |
40,695 |
|
$ |
57,029 |
|
$ |
87,226 |
|
$ |
141,029 |
|
$ |
189,272 |
Adjusted Recurring Gross Profit(1) |
|
$ |
46,972 |
|
$ |
67,458 |
|
$ |
101,876 |
|
$ |
161,184 |
|
$ |
214,825 |
Adjusted EBITDA(1) |
|
$ |
6,301 |
|
$ |
5,448 |
|
$ |
8,238 |
|
$ |
28,398 |
|
$ |
56,190 |
37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 30, |
|||||||||||||
|
|
2013 |
|
2014 |
|
2015 |
|
2016 |
|
2017 |
|||||
|
|
(in thousands) |
|||||||||||||
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
7,594 |
|
$ |
78,848 |
|
$ |
81,258 |
|
$ |
86,496 |
|
$ |
103,468 |
Working capital(2) |
|
|
2,305 |
|
|
67,137 |
|
|
69,296 |
|
|
68,986 |
|
|
88,040 |
Funds held for clients |
|
|
355,905 |
|
|
417,261 |
|
|
591,219 |
|
|
1,239,622 |
|
|
942,459 |
Total assets |
|
|
377,916 |
|
|
528,151 |
|
|
720,548 |
|
|
1,390,689 |
|
|
1,137,441 |
Debt, current portion |
|
|
625 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
Client fund obligations |
|
|
355,905 |
|
|
417,261 |
|
|
591,219 |
|
|
1,239,622 |
|
|
942,459 |
Long-term debt, net of current portion |
|
|
938 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
Redeemable convertible preferred stock |
|
|
36,573 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
Stockholders’ equity (deficit) |
|
|
(26,592) |
|
|
91,134 |
|
|
107,580 |
|
|
119,572 |
|
|
147,613 |
|
(1) |
|
We use Adjusted Gross Profit, Adjusted Recurring Gross Profit, and Adjusted EBITDA to evaluate our operating results. We prepare Adjusted Gross Profit, Adjusted Recurring Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA to eliminate the impact of items we do not consider indicative of our ongoing operating performance. However, Adjusted Gross Profit, Adjusted Recurring Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA are not measurements of financial performance under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP, and these metrics may not be comparable to similarly-titled measures of other companies. |
We define Adjusted Gross Profit as gross profit before amortization of capitalized internal-use software costs, stock-based compensation expense and employer payroll taxes related to stock releases and option exercises and one-time founder funded bonus pay-outs, if any. We define Adjusted Recurring Gross Profit as total recurring revenues after cost of recurring revenues and before amortization of capitalized internal-use software costs, stock-based compensation expense and employer payroll taxes related to stock releases and option exercises and one-time founder funded bonus pay-outs, if any. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) before interest expense, income tax expense (benefit), depreciation and amortization expense, stock-based compensation expense and employer payroll taxes related to stock releases and option exercises and one-time founder funded bonus pay-outs, if any.
We disclose Adjusted Gross Profit, Adjusted Recurring Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA, which are non-GAAP measures, because we believe these metrics assist investors and analysts in comparing our performance across reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding items that we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance. We believe these metrics are commonly used in the financial community to aid in comparisons of similar companies, and we present them to enhance investors’ understanding of our operating performance and cash flows.
Adjusted Gross Profit, Adjusted Recurring Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as analytical tools. Some of these limitations are:
|
· |
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our ongoing or future requirements for capital expenditures; |
|
· |
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; |
|
· |
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our income tax expense or the cash requirement to pay our taxes; |
|
· |
|
Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and |
|
· |
|
Other companies in our industry may calculate Adjusted Gross Profit, Adjusted Recurring Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as a comparative measure. |
38
Additionally, stock-based compensation will continue to be an element of our overall compensation strategy, although we exclude it from Adjusted Gross Profit, Adjusted Recurring Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA as an expense when evaluating our ongoing operating performance for a particular period.
Because of these limitations, you should not consider Adjusted Gross Profit as an alternative to gross profit, Adjusted Recurring Gross Profit as an alternative to total recurring revenues, or Adjusted EBITDA as an alternative to net income (loss) or net cash provided by operating activities, in each case as determined in accordance with GAAP. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results, and we use Adjusted Gross Profit, Adjusted Recurring Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA only as supplemental information.
Directly comparable GAAP measures to Adjusted Gross Profit, Adjusted Recurring Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA are gross profit, total recurring revenues and net income (loss), respectively. We reconcile Adjusted Gross Profit, Adjusted Recurring Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended June 30, |
|||||||||||||
|
|
2013 |
|
2014 |
|
2015 |
|
2016 |
|
2017 |
|||||
|
|
(in thousands) |
|||||||||||||
Reconciliation from Gross Profit to Adjusted Gross Profit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
$ |
37,628 |
|
$ |
53,593 |
|
$ |
81,802 |
|
$ |
132,616 |
|
$ |
176,023 |
Amortization of capitalized internal-use software costs |
|
|
3,067 |
|
|
2,195 |
|
|
2,606 |
|
|
5,446 |
|
|
9,447 |
Stock-based compensation expense and employer payroll taxes related to stock releases and option exercises |
|
|
— |
|
|
920 |
|
|
2,818 |
|
|
2,967 |
|
|
3,802 |
One-time founder funded bonus pay-outs |
|
|
— |
|
|
321 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
Adjusted Gross Profit |
|
$ |
40,695 |
|
$ |
57,029 |
|
$ |
87,226 |
|
$ |
141,029 |
|
$ |
189,272 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended June 30, |
|||||||||||||
|
|
2013 |
|
2014 |
|
2015 |
|
2016 |
|
2017 |
|||||
|
|
(in thousands) |
|||||||||||||
Reconciliation from Total Recurring Revenues to Adjusted Recurring Gross Profit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total recurring revenues |
|
$ |
72,768 |
|
$ |
101,944 |
|
$ |
144,069 |
|
$ |
220,104 |
|
$ |
288,448 |
Cost of recurring revenues |
|
|
(28,863) |
|
|
(37,319) |
|
|
(46,366) |
|
|
(66,131) |
|
|
(85,399) |
Recurring gross profit |
|
|
43,905 |
|
|
64,625 |
|
|
97,703 |
|
|
153,973 |
|
|
203,049 |
Amortization of capitalized internal-use software costs |
|
|
3,067 |
|
|
2,195 |
|
|
2,606 |
|
|
5,446 |
|
|
9,447 |
Stock-based compensation expense and employer payroll taxes related to stock releases and option exercises |
|
|
— |
|
|
496 |
|
|
1,567 |
|
|
1,765 |
|
|
2,329 |
One-time founder funded bonus pay-outs |
|
|
— |
|
|
142 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
Adjusted Recurring Gross Profit |
|
$ |
46,972 |
|
$ |
67,458 |
|
$ |
101,876 |
|
$ |
161,184 |
|
$ |
214,825 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended June 30, |
|||||||||||||
|
|
2013 |
|
2014 |
|
2015 |
|
2016 |
|
2017 |
|||||
|
|
(in thousands) |
|||||||||||||
Reconciliation from Net Income (Loss) to Adjusted EBITDA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
617 |
|
$ |
(7,110) |
|
$ |
(13,972) |
|
$ |
(3,851) |
|
$ |
6,718 |
Interest expense |
|
|
192 |
|
|
67 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
Income tax expense (benefit) |
|
|
(602) |
|
|
255 |
|
|
105 |
|
|
177 |
|
|
651 |
Depreciation and amortization expense |
|
|
5,571 |
|
|
6,336 |
|
|
8,609 |
|
|
13,873 |
|
|
21,027 |
EBITDA |
|
|
5,778 |
|
|
(452) |
|
|
(5,258) |
|
|
10,199 |
|
|
28,396 |
Stock-based compensation expense and employer payroll taxes related to stock releases and option exercises |
|
|
523 |
|
|
4,929 |
|
|
13,496 |
|
|
18,199 |
|
|
27,794 |
One-time founder funded bonus pay-outs |
|
|
— |
|
|
971 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
Adjusted EBITDA |
|
$ |
6,301 |
|
$ |
5,448 |
|
$ |
8,238 |
|
$ |
28,398 |
|
$ |
56,190 |
|
(2) |
|
Working capital is defined as total current assets minus total current liabilities. |
39
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
The statements included herein that are not based solely on historical facts are “forward looking statements.” Such forward-looking statements are based on current expectations and assumptions that are subject to risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated by us in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and under Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors.”
Overview
We are a cloud-based provider of payroll and human capital management or HCM software solutions for medium-sized organizations, which we define as those having between 20 and 1,000 employees. Our comprehensive and easy-to-use solutions enable our clients to manage their workforces more effectively. Our solutions help drive strategic human capital decision-making and improve employee engagement by enhancing the HR, payroll and finance capabilities of our clients.
Effective management of human capital is a core function in all organizations and requires a significant commitment of resources. Medium-sized organizations operating without the infrastructure, expertise or personnel of larger enterprises are uniquely pressured to manage their human capital effectively.
Our solutions were specifically designed to meet the payroll and HCM needs of medium-sized organizations. We designed our cloud-based platform to provide a unified suite of applications using a multi-tenant architecture. Our solutions are highly flexible and configurable and feature a modern, intuitive user experience. Our platform offers automated data integration with over 200 related third-party systems, such as 401(k), benefits and insurance provider systems.
Our Paylocity Web Pay product is our core payroll solution and was the first of our current offerings introduced into the market. We believe payroll is the most critical system of record for medium-sized organizations and an essential gateway to other HCM functionality. We have invested in, and we intend to continue to invest in, research and development to expand our product offerings and advance our platform.
We believe there is a significant opportunity to grow our business by increasing our number of clients and we intend to invest in our business to achieve this purpose. We market and sell our solutions primarily through our direct sales force. We have increased our sales and marketing expenses as we have added sales representatives and related sales and marketing personnel. We intend to continue to grow our sales and marketing organization across new and existing geographic territories. In addition to growing our number of clients, we intend to grow our revenue over the long term by increasing the number and quality of products that clients purchase from us. To do so, we must continue to enhance and grow the number of solutions we offer to advance our platform.
We believe that delivering a positive service experience is an essential element of our ability to sell our solutions and retain our clients. We seek to develop deep relationships with our clients through our unified service model, which has been designed to meet the service needs of medium-sized organizations. We expect to continue to invest in and grow our implementation and client service organization as our client base grows.
We believe we have the opportunity to continue to grow our business over the long term, and to do so we have invested, and intend to continue to invest, across our entire organization. These investments include increasing the number of personnel across all functional areas, along with improving our solutions and infrastructure to support our growth. The timing and amount of these investments vary based on the rate at which we add new clients, add new personnel and scale our application development and other activities. Many of these investments will occur in advance of experiencing any direct benefit from them, which will make it difficult to determine if we are effectively allocating our resources. We expect these investments to increase our costs on an absolute basis, but as we grow our number of clients and our related revenues, we anticipate that we will gain economies of scale and increased operating leverage. As a result, we expect our gross and operating margins will improve over the long term.
As our business has grown, we have become increasingly subject to the risks arising from adverse changes in domestic and global economic conditions. If general economic conditions were to deteriorate, including declines in
40
private sector employment growth and business productivity, increases in the unemployment rate and changes in interest rates, we may experience delays in our sales cycles, increased pressure from prospective customers to offer discounts and increased pressure from existing customers to renew expiring recurring revenue agreements for lower amounts. Our interest income on funds held for clients continues to be adversely impacted by historically low interest rates.
Our operating subsidiary Paylocity Corporation was incorporated in July 1997 as an Illinois corporation. In November 2013, we formed Paylocity Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation, of which Paylocity Corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary. Paylocity Holding Corporation had no operations prior to the restructuring. All of our business operations, excluding interest earned on certain cash holdings and expenses associated with certain secondary stock offerings, have historically been, and are currently, conducted by Paylocity Corporation, and the financial results presented herein are entirely attributable to the results of its operations.
Key Metrics
We regularly review a number of metrics, including the following key metrics, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions.
Recurring Revenue Growth
Our recurring revenue model and high annual revenue retention rates provide significant visibility into our future operating results and cash flow from operations. This visibility enables us to better manage and invest in our business. Recurring revenue, which is comprised of recurring fees and interest income on funds held for clients, increased from $144.1 million in fiscal 2015 to $220.1 million in fiscal 2016, representing a 53% year-over-year increase. Recurring revenue increased from $220.1 million in fiscal 2016 to $288.4 million in fiscal 2017, representing a 31% year-over-year increase. Recurring revenue was positively impacted by the launch in fiscal 2016 of our Affordable Care Act (“ACA”) compliance solution, which had significant penetration beginning in the second quarter of fiscal 2016. The impact on year-over-year revenue growth of our ACA compliance solution was the highest in the first quarter of fiscal 2017. Recurring revenue represented 94%, 95% and 96% of total revenue in fiscal 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively.
Client Count Growth
We believe there is a significant opportunity to grow our business by increasing our number of clients. We have increased our number of clients from approximately 10,350 as of June 30, 2015 to approximately 14,550 as of June 30, 2017, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 19%. The table below sets forth our client count for the periods indicated, rounded to the nearest fifty.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended June 30, |
||||
|
|
2015 |
|
2016 |
|
2017 |
Client Count |
|
10,350 |
|
12,500 |
|
14,550 |
The rate at which we add clients is highly variable period-to-period and highly seasonal as many clients switch solutions during the first calendar quarter of each year. Although many clients have multiple divisions, segments or locations, we only count such clients once for these purposes.
Annual Revenue Retention Rate
Our annual revenue retention rate has been in excess of 92% during each of the past three fiscal years. We calculate our annual revenue retention rate as our total revenue for the preceding 12 months, less the annualized value of revenue lost during the preceding 12 months, divided by our total revenue for the preceding 12 months. We calculate the annualized value of revenue lost by summing the recurring fees paid by lost clients over the previous twelve months prior to their termination if they have been a client for a minimum of twelve months. For those lost clients who became clients within the last twelve months, we sum the recurring fees for the period that they have been a client and then
41
annualize the amount. We exclude interest income on funds held for clients from the revenue retention calculation. We believe that our annual revenue retention rate is an important metric to measure overall client satisfaction and the general quality of our product and service offerings.
Recurring Fees From New Clients
We calculate recurring fees from new clients as the percentage of year-to-date recurring fees from all clients on our solutions, which had not been on or used any of our solutions for a full year as of the start of the current fiscal year. We believe recurring fees from new clients is an important metric to measure the expansion of our existing client base as well as the growth in our client base. Our recurring fees from new clients was 45% for both fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2016 and 40% for fiscal 2017.
Adjusted Gross Profit, Adjusted Recurring Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA
We disclose Adjusted Gross Profit, Adjusted Recurring Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA because we use them to evaluate our performance, and we believe Adjusted Gross Profit, Adjusted Recurring Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA assist in the comparison of our performance across reporting periods by excluding certain items that we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance. We believe these metrics are used in the financial community, and we present it to enhance investors’ understanding of our operating performance and cash flows.
Adjusted Gross Profit, Adjusted Recurring Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA are not measurements of financial performance under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP, and you should not consider Adjusted Gross Profit as an alternative to gross profit, Adjusted Recurring Gross Profit as an alternative to total recurring revenues, or Adjusted EBITDA as an alternative to net income (loss) or cash provided by (used in) operating activities, in each case as determined in accordance with GAAP. In addition, our definition of Adjusted Gross Profit, Adjusted Recurring Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA may be different than the definition utilized for similarly-titled measures used by other companies.
We define Adjusted Gross Profit as gross profit before amortization of capitalized internal-use software costs, stock-based compensation expense and employer payroll taxes related to stock releases and option exercises. We define Adjusted Recurring Gross Profit as total recurring revenues after cost of recurring revenues and before amortization of capitalized internal-use software costs, stock-based compensation expense and employer payroll taxes related to stock releases and option exercises. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) before interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization expense, stock-based compensation expense and employer payroll taxes related to stock releases and option exercises. The table below sets forth our Adjusted Gross Profit, Adjusted Recurring Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended June 30, |
|||||||
|
|
2015 |
|
2016 |
|
2017 |
|||
|
|
(in thousands) |
|||||||
Adjusted Gross Profit |
|
$ |
87,226 |
|
$ |
141,029 |
|
$ |
189,272 |
Adjusted Recurring Gross Profit |
|
$ |
101,876 |
|
$ |
161,184 |
|
$ |
214,825 |
Adjusted EBITDA |
|
$ |
8,238 |
|
$ |
28,398 |
|
$ |
56,190 |
For a further discussion of Adjusted Gross Profit, Adjusted Recurring Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA, including a reconciliation of Adjusted Gross Profit, Adjusted Recurring Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA to GAAP, see Part II, Item 6: “Consolidated Selected Financial Data.”
42
Basis of Presentation
Revenues
Recurring Fees
We derive the majority of our revenues from recurring fees attributable to our cloud-based payroll and HCM software solutions. Recurring fees for each client generally include a base fee in addition to a fee based on the number of client employees and the number of products a client uses. We also charge fees attributable to our preparation of W-2 documents and annual required filings on behalf of our clients. Over the past three years, our client size has been on average over 100 employees. We derive revenue from a client based on the solutions purchased by the client, the number of client employees as well as the amount, type and timing of services provided with respect to those client employees. As such, the number of client employees on our system is not a good indicator of our financial results in any period. Recurring fees attributable to our cloud-based payroll and HCM solutions accounted for approximately 93%, 94% and 95% of our total revenues during the years ended June 30, 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively.
Our agreements with clients do not have a specified term and are generally cancellable by the client on 60 days’ or less notice. Our agreements do not include general rights of return and do not provide clients with the right to take possession of the software supporting the services being provided. We recognize recurring fees in the period in which services are provided and when collection of fees is reasonably assured and the amount of fees is fixed or determinable.
Interest Income on Funds Held for Clients
We earn interest income on funds held for clients. We collect funds for employee payroll payments and related taxes in advance of remittance to employees and taxing authorities. Prior to remittance to employees and taxing authorities, we earn interest on these funds through financial institutions with which we have automated clearing house, or ACH, arrangements.
Implementation Services and Other
Implementation services and other revenues primarily consist of implementation fees charged to new clients for professional services provided to implement and configure our payroll and HCM solutions. Implementations of our payroll solutions typically require only three to four weeks at which point the new client’s payroll is first run using our solution, our implementation services are deemed completed, and we recognize the related revenue. We implement additional HCM products as requested by clients and leverage the data within our payroll solution to accelerate our implementation processes. Implementation services and other revenues may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter based on the number of new clients, pricing and the product utilization.
Cost of Revenues
Cost of Recurring Revenues
Cost of recurring revenues is generally expensed as incurred and includes costs to provide our payroll and other HCM solutions primarily consisting of employee-related expenses, including wages, stock-based compensation, bonuses and benefits, relating to the provision of ongoing client support, payroll tax filing and distribution of printed checks and other materials. These costs also include third-party reseller costs, delivery costs, computing costs and amortization of capitalized internal-use software costs, as well as bank fees associated with client fund transfers. We expect to realize cost efficiencies over the long term as our business scales, resulting in improved operating leverage and increased margins.
We capitalize a portion of our internal-use software costs, which are then all amortized as a cost of recurring revenues. We amortized $2.6 million, $5.4 million and $9.4 million of capitalized internal-use software costs in fiscal 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively.
43
Cost of Implementation Services and Other
Cost of implementation services and other consists primarily of employee-related expenses, including wages, stock-based compensation, bonuses and benefits involved in the implementation of our payroll and other HCM solutions for new clients. Implementation costs are generally fixed in the short-term and exceed associated implementation revenue charged to each client. We intend to grow our business through acquisition of new clients, and doing so will require increased personnel to implement our solutions. Therefore, our cost of implementation services and other is expected to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future.
Operating Expenses
Sales and Marketing
Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of employee-related expenses for our direct sales and marketing staff, including wages, commissions, stock-based compensation, bonuses and benefits, marketing expenses and other related costs. Commissions are primarily earned and recognized in the month when implementation is complete and the client first utilizes a service and are typically paid within two months after the start of service. Bonuses paid to sales staff for attainment of certain performance criteria are accrued in the fiscal year in which they are earned and are subsequently paid annually in the first fiscal quarter of the following year.
We will seek to grow our number of clients for the foreseeable future and therefore our sales and marketing expense is expected to continue to increase in absolute dollars as we grow our sales organization and expand our marketing activities.
Research and Development
Research and development expenses consist primarily of employee-related expenses for our research and development and product management staff, including wages, stock-based compensation, bonuses and benefits. Additional expenses include costs related to the development, maintenance, quality assurance and testing of new technologies and ongoing refinement of our existing solutions. Research and development expenses, other than internal-use software costs qualifying for capitalization, are expensed as incurred.
We capitalize a portion of our development costs related to internal-use software. The timing of our capitalized development projects may affect the amount of development costs expensed in any given period. The table below sets forth the amounts of capitalized and expensed research and development expenses for each of fiscal 2015, 2016 and 2017.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended June 30, |
|||||||
|
|
2015 |
|
2016 |
|
2017 |
|||
|
|
(in thousands) |
|||||||
Capitalized portion of research and development |
|
$ |
4,870 |
|
$ |
9,516 |
|
$ |
15,414 |
Expensed portion of research and development |
|
|
19,864 |
|
|
26,736 |
|
|
29,098 |
Total research and development |
|
$ |
24,734 |
|
$ |
36,252 |
|
$ |
44,512 |
We expect to grow our research and development efforts as we continue to broaden our product offerings and extend our technological leadership by investing in the development of new technologies and introducing them to new and existing clients. We expect research and development expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars but to vary as a percentage of total revenue on a period-to-period basis.
General and Administrative
General and administrative expenses consist primarily of other employee-related costs, including wages, stock-based compensation, bonuses and benefits for our administrative, finance, accounting, and human resources departments. Additional expenses include consulting and professional fees, occupancy costs, insurance and other corporate expenses.
44
We expect our general and administrative expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars as a result of our operations as a public company. These expenses include costs associated with compliance with regulations governing public companies, costs of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and professional services expenses.
Other Income (Expense)
Other income (expense) generally consists of interest income related to interest received on our cash and cash equivalents, net of losses on disposals of property and equipment.
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth our statements of operations data for each of the periods indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended June 30, |
||||||
|
|
2015 |
|
2016 |
|
2017 |
|||
|
|
(in thousands) |
|||||||
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recurring fees |
|
$ |
142,168 |
|
$ |
217,416 |
|
$ |
284,817 |
Interest income on funds held for clients |
|
|
1,901 |
|
|
2,688 |
|
|
3,631 |
Total recurring revenues |
|
|
144,069 |
|
|
220,104 |
|
|
288,448 |
Implementation services and other |
|
|
8,629 |
|
|
10,597 |
|
|
11,562 |
Total revenues |
|
|
152,698 |
|
|
230,701 |
|
|
300,010 |
Cost of revenues: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recurring revenues |
|
|
46,366 |
|
|
66,131 |
|
|
85,399 |
Implementation services and other |
|
|
24,530 |
|
|
31,954 |
|
|
38,588 |
Total cost of revenues |
|
|
70,896 |
|
|
98,085 |
|
|
123,987 |
Gross profit |
|
|
81,802 |
|
|
132,616 |
|
|
176,023 |
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing |
|
|
43,035 |
|
|
61,832 |
|
|
77,506 |
Research and development |
|
|
19,864 |
|
|
26,736 |
|
|
29,098 |
General and administrative |
|
|
32,824 |
|
|
47,598 |
|
|
62,123 |
Total operating expenses |
|
|
95,723 |
|
|
136,166 |
|
|
168,727 |
Operating income (loss) |
|
|
(13,921) |
|
|
(3,550) |
|
|
7,296 |
Other income (expense) |
|
|
54 |
|
|
(124) |
|
|
73 |
Income (loss) before income taxes |
|
|
(13,867) |
|
|
(3,674) |
|
|
7,369 |
Income tax expense |
|
|
105 |
|
|
177 |
|
|
651 |
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
(13,972) |
|
$ |
(3,851) |
|
$ |
6,718 |
45
The following table sets forth our statements of operations data as a percentage of total revenue for each of the periods indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended June 30, |
|
||||
|
|
2015 |
|
2016 |
|
2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recurring fees |
|
93 |
% |
94 |
% |
95 |
% |
Interest income on funds held for clients |
|
1 |
% |
1 |
% |
1 |
% |
Total recurring revenues |
|
94 |
% |
95 |
% |
96 |
% |
Implementation services and other |
|
6 |
% |
5 |
% |
4 |
% |
Total revenues |
|
100 |
% |
100 |
% |
100 |
% |
Cost of revenues: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recurring revenues |
|
30 |
% |
29 |
% |
28 |
% |
Implementation services and other |
|
16 |
% |
14 |
% |
13 |
% |
Total cost of revenues |
|
46 |
% |
43 |
% |
41 |
% |
Gross profit |
|
54 |
% |
57 |
% |
59 |
% |
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing |
|
28 |
% |
27 |
% |
26 |
% |
Research and development |
|
13 |
% |
11 |
% |
10 |
% |
General and administrative |
|
22 |
% |
21 |
% |
21 |
% |
Total operating expenses |
|
63 |
% |
59 |
% |
57 |
% |
Operating income (loss) |
|
(9) |
% |
(2) |
% |
2 |
% |
Other income (expense) |
|
|
% |
|
% |
|
% |
Income (loss) before income taxes |
|
(9) |
% |
(2) |
% |
2 |
% |
Income tax expense |
|
|
% |
|
% |
|
% |
Net income (loss) |
|
(9) |
% |
(2) |
% |
2 |
% |
Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2015, 2016 and 2017
Revenues
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change from |
|
|
Change from |
||||||||
|
|
Year Ended June 30, |
|
|
2015 to 2016 |
|
|
2016 to 2017 |
|||||||||||||||||
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2016 |
|
|
2017 |
|
|
$ |
|
% |
|
|
$ |
|
% |
|
||||||
Recurring fees |
|
$ |
142,168 |
|
|
$ |
217,416 |
|
|
$ |
284,817 |
|
|
$ |
75,248 |
|
|
% |
|
$ |
67,401 |
|
|
% |
|
Percentage of total revenues |
|
|
93 |
% |
|
|
94 |
% |
|
|
95 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income on funds held for clients |
|
$ |
1,901 |
|
|
$ |
2,688 |
|
|
$ |
3,631 |
|
|
$ |
787 |
|
|
% |
|
$ |
943 |
|
|
% |
|
Percentage of total revenues |
|
|
1 |
% |
|
|
1 |
% |
|
|
1 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Implementation services and other |
|
$ |
8,629 |
|
|
$ |
10,597 |
|
|
$ |
11,562 |
|
|
$ |
1,968 |
|
|
% |
|
$ |
965 |
|
|
% |
|
Percentage of total revenues |
|
|
6 |
% |
|
|
5 |
% |
|
|
4 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recurring Fees
Recurring fees for the year ended June 30, 2017 increased by $67.4 million, or 31%, to $284.8 million from $217.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2016. Recurring fees increased primarily as a result of incremental revenues from new and existing clients, including revenue related to our ACA compliance solution offered to new and existing clients, which we launched in fiscal 2016 and experienced significant penetration beginning in the second quarter of fiscal 2016. Our client count at June 30, 2017 increased by 16% to approximately 14,550 from approximately 12,500 at June 30, 2016.
46
Recurring fees for the year ended June 30, 2016 increased by $75.2 million, or 53%, to $217.4 million from $142.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2015. Recurring fees increased primarily as a result of incremental revenues from new and existing clients, including revenue related to our ACA compliance solution offered to new and existing clients, which we launched in fiscal 2016. Our client count at June 30, 2016 increased by 21% to approximately 12,500 from approximately 10,350 at June 30, 2015.
Interest Income on Funds Held for Clients
Interest income on funds held for clients for the year ended June 30, 2017 increased by $0.9 million, or 35%, to $3.6 million from $2.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2016. Interest income increased primarily as a result of an increased average daily balance of funds held due to the addition of new clients to our client base.
Interest income on funds held for clients for the year ended June 30, 2016 increased by $0.8 million, or 41%, to $2.7 million from $1.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2015. Interest income increased primarily as a result of an increased average daily balance of funds held due to the addition of new clients to our client base.
Implementation Services and Other
Implementation services and other revenue for the year ended June 30, 2017 increased by $1.0 million, or 9%, to $11.6 million from $10.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2016. Implementation services and other revenue increased primarily as a result of an increase in the number of new clients during fiscal 2017 as compared to fiscal 2016.
Implementation services and other revenue for the year ended June 30, 2016 increased by $2.0 million, or 23%, to $10.6 million from $8.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2015. Implementation services and other revenue increased primarily as a result of an increase in the number of new clients during fiscal 2016 as compared to fiscal 2015.
Cost of Revenues
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change from |
|
|
Change from |
|
||||||
|
|
Year Ended June 30, |
|
|
2015 to 2016 |
|
|
2016 to 2017 |
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2016 |
|
|
2017 |
|
|
$ |
|
% |
|
|
$ |
|
% |
|
|||||
Cost of recurring revenues |
|
$ |
46,366 |
|
|
$ |
66,131 |
|
|
$ |
85,399 |
|
|
$ |
19,765 |
|
43 |
% |
|
$ |
19,268 |
|
29 |
% |
Percentage of recurring revenues |
|
|
32 |
% |
|
|
30 |
% |
|
|
30 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recurring gross margin |
|
|
68 |
% |
|
|
70 |
% |
|
|
70 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of implementation services and other |
|
$ |
24,530 |
|
|
$ |
31,954 |
|
|
$ |
38,588 |
|
|
$ |
7,424 |
|
30 |
% |
|
$ |
6,634 |
|
21 |
% |
Percentage of implementation services and other |
|
|
284 |
% |
|
|
302 |
% |
|
|
334 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Implementation gross margin |
|
|
(184) |
% |
|
|
(202) |
% |
|
|
(234) |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of Recurring Revenues
Cost of recurring revenues for the year ended June 30, 2017 increased by $19.3 million, or 29%, to $85.4 million from $66.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2016. Cost of recurring revenues increased primarily as a result of the continued growth of our business, in particular $8.8 million in additional employee-related costs resulting from additional personnel to provide services to new and existing clients, $5.9 million in delivery and other processing-related fees and $4.0 million in increased internal-use software amortization. Recurring gross margin was 70% in both fiscal 2016 and 2017.
Cost of recurring revenues for the year ended June 30, 2016 increased by $19.8 million, or 43%, to $66.1 million from $46.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2015. Cost of recurring revenues increased primarily as a result of the continued growth of our business, in particular $10.8 million in additional employee-related costs resulting from additional personnel to provide services to new and existing clients, $8.3 million in delivery and other processing-related fees and $2.8 million in increased internal-use software amortization, partially offset by a $2.3 million decrease
47
in reseller expenses primarily due to our acquisition of our remaining reseller during fiscal 2015. Recurring gross margin increased by 2% from 68% in fiscal 2015 to 70% in fiscal 2016 primarily due to a 2% reduction in reseller expenses as a percentage of total recurring revenue.
Cost of Implementation Services and Other
Cost of implementation services and other for the year ended June 30, 2017 increased by $6.6 million, or 21%, to $38.6 million from $32.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2016. Cost of implementation services and other increased primarily due to an increase in new clients during fiscal 2017, and a corresponding increase of $5.6 million in employee-related costs to implement our solutions for new and existing clients.
Cost of implementation services and other for the year ended June 30, 2016 increased by $7.4 million, or 30%, to $32.0 million from $24.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2015. Cost of implementation services and other increased primarily due to an increase in new clients during fiscal 2016, and a corresponding increase of $7.5 million in employee-related costs to implement our solutions for new and existing clients.
Operating Expenses
($ in thousands)
Sales and Marketing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change from |
|
|
Change from |
|
||||||
|
|
Year Ended June 30, |
|
|
2015 to 2016 |
|
|
2016 to 2017 |
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2016 |
|
|
2017 |
|
|
$ |
|
% |
|
|
$ |
|
% |
|
|||||
Sales and marketing |
|
$ |
43,035 |
|
|
$ |
61,832 |
|
|
$ |
77,506 |
|
|
$ |
18,797 |
|
44 |
% |
|
$ |
15,674 |
|
25 |
% |
Percentage of total revenues |
|
|
28 |
% |
|
|
27 |
% |
|
|
26 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing expenses for the year ended June 30, 2017 increased by $15.7 million, or 25%, to $77.5 million from $61.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2016. The increase in sales and marketing expenses in fiscal 2017 was primarily the result of $12.0 million of additional employee-related costs from the expansion of our sales team by 81 personnel (including management, sales engineers, direct sales, sales administration and sales lead generation support). The increase was also attributable to $1.8 million of stock-based compensation associated with our equity incentive plan.
Sales and marketing expenses for the year ended June 30, 2016 increased by $18.8 million, or 44%, to $61.8 million from $43.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2015. The increase in sales and marketing expenses in fiscal 2016 was primarily the result of $15.6 million of additional employee-related costs from the expansion of our sales force by 75 personnel (including management, sales engineers, direct sales and sales administration), our sales lead generation group by 14 personnel and our marketing team by 3 personnel. The increase was also attributable to $1.2 million of stock-based compensation associated with our equity incentive plan.
Research and Development
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change from |
|
|
Change from |
|
||||||
|
|
Year Ended June 30, |
|
|
2015 to 2016 |
|
|
2016 to 2017 |
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2016 |
|
|
2017 |
|
|
$ |
|
% |
|
|
$ |
|
% |
|
|||||
Research and development |
|
$ |
19,864 |
|
|
$ |
26,736 |
|
|
$ |
29,098 |
|
|
$ |
6,872 |
|
35 |
% |
|
$ |
2,362 |
|
9 |
% |
Percentage of total revenues |
|
|
13 |
% |
|
|
11 |
% |
|
|
10 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development for the year ended June 30, 2017 increased by $2.4 million, or 9%, to $29.1 million from $26.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2016. Research and development costs increased in fiscal 2017 primarily due to $7.2 million of additional employee-related expenses related to 49 additional development personnel and $1.0 million of additional stock-based compensation associated with our equity incentive plan, partially offset by higher year-over-year capitalized internal-use software costs of $6.1 million.
48
Research and development for the year ended June 30, 2016 increased by $6.9 million, or 35%, to $26.7 million from $19.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2015. Research and development costs increased in fiscal 2016 primarily due to $9.9 million of additional employee-related expenses related to 54 additional development personnel, partially offset by higher year-over-year capitalized internal-use software costs of $4.2 million.
General and Administrative
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change from |
|
|
Change from |
|
||||||
|
|
Year Ended June 30, |
|
|
2015 to 2016 |
|
|
2016 to 2017 |
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2016 |
|
|
2017 |
|
|
$ |
|
% |
|
|
$ |
|
% |
|
|||||
General and administrative |
|
$ |
32,824 |
|
|
$ |
47,598 |
|
|
$ |
62,123 |
|
|
$ |
14,774 |
|
45 |
% |
|
$ |
14,525 |
|
31 |
% |
Percentage of total revenues |
|
|
22 |
% |
|
|
21 |
% |
|
|
21 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative expenses for the year ended June 30, 2017 increased by $14.5 million, or 31%, to $62.1 million from $47.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2016. General and administrative expenses increased primarily as a result of $6.3 million of additional stock-based compensation costs, of which $2.9 million is related to modified equity awards as explained in Note 13 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8: “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”, $3.9 million of increased occupancy costs incurred as a result of our requirement for additional office space and $3.8 million of additional employee-related expenses including the addition of 14 personnel.
General and administrative expenses for the year ended June 30, 2016 increased by $14.8 million, or 45%, to $47.6 million from $32.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2015. General and administrative expenses increased primarily as a result of $6.7 million of additional employee-related expenses relating to 36 additional personnel, $2.9 million of additional stock-based compensation costs, $1.5 million of increased occupancy costs incurred as a result of our requirement for additional office space and $1.3 million of increased professional services fees.
Other Income (Expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change from |
|
Change from |
|
|
||||||
|
|
Year Ended June 30, |
|
|
2015 to 2016 |
|
2016 to 2017 |
|
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2016 |
|
|
2017 |
|
|
$ |
|
% |
|
$ |
|
% |
|
|
|||||
Other income (expense) |
|
$ |
54 |
|
|
$ |
(124) |
|
|
$ |
73 |
|
|
$ |
(178) |
|
* |
|
$ |
197 |
|
* |
|
|
Percentage of total revenues |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Not Meaningful
Other income (expense) for the year ended June 30, 2017 increased by $0.2 million as compared to the year ended June 30, 2016. Other income (expense) for the year ended June 30, 2017 primarily consists of interest income earned on our cash and cash equivalents, partially offset by loss on the disposal of property and equipment.
Other income (expense) for the year ended June 30, 2016 decreased by $0.2 million as compared to the year ended June 30, 2015. Other income (expense) for the year ended June 30, 2016 primarily consists of loss on the disposal of property and equipment, partially offset by interest income earned on our cash and cash equivalents.
Income Tax Expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change from |
|
|
Change from |
|
|
||||||
|
|
Year Ended June 30, |
|
|
2015 to 2016 |
|
|
2016 to 2017 |
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2016 |
|
|
2017 |
|
$ |
|
% |
|
|
$ |
|
% |
|
|
|||||
Effective tax rate |
|
|
* |
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense |
|
$ |
105 |
|
|
$ |
177 |
|
|
$ |
651 |
|
$ |
72 |
|
69 |
% |
|
$ |
474 |
|
268 |
% |
|
Percentage of total revenues |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Not Meaningful
49
Income tax expense for the year ended June 30, 2017 was higher due to the generation of net income for fiscal 2017 as compared to the year ended June 30, 2016.
Income tax expense for the year ended June 30, 2016 was not materially different as compared to the year ended June 30, 2015.
See Note 11 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8: “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further details on the valuation allowance and a reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory rate to the effective tax rate.
Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates
In preparing our financial statements and accounting for the underlying transactions and balances in accordance with GAAP, we apply various accounting policies that require our management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our financial statements. We consider the policies discussed below as critical to understanding our financial statements, as their application places the most significant demands on management’s judgment. Management bases its estimates, judgments and assumptions on historical experience, current economic and industry conditions and on various other factors deemed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Because the use of estimates is an integral part of the financial reporting process, actual results could differ and such differences could be material.
Revenue Recognition
We derive revenues predominantly from recurring revenues associated with our cloud-based payroll and HCM software applications and one-time service fees for implementation of our solutions. Our agreements with clients do not include general rights of return and do not provide clients with the right to take possession of the software supporting the services being provided. As such, revenue is recognized as services are performed.
We recognize revenue when all of the following criteria are achieved:
|
· |
|
There is persuasive evidence of an agreement; |
|
· |
|
The service has been provided to the client; |
|
· |
|
The amount of fees to be paid by the client is fixed or determinable; and |
|
· |
|
Collection of the fees is reasonably assured. |
For arrangements with multiple-elements, we recognize revenues in accordance with Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2009-13, Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements . For each agreement, we evaluate whether the individual deliverables qualify as separate units of accounting. If one or more of the deliverables does not have standalone value upon delivery, the deliverables that do not have standalone value are generally combined and treated as a single unit of accounting. Revenue for arrangements treated as a single unit of accounting is generally recognized within the same month that the services are rendered given that the agreements are cancellable with 60 days’ or less notice.
In determining whether revenues from implementation services can be accounted for separately from recurring revenues, we consider the nature of the implementation services and the availability of the implementation services from other vendors. We established standalone value for implementation primarily due to the historical activity of third-party vendors that performed these services and as such, account for such implementation services separate from the recurring revenues.
If we determine that the services have standalone value upon delivery, we account for each separately and revenues are recognized as the services are delivered with allocation of consideration based on the relative selling price method. That method requires the selling price of each element in a multiple deliverable arrangement to be based on, in
50
descending order: (i) vendor- specific objective evidence of fair value, or VSOE, (ii) third-party evidence of fair value, or TPE, or (iii) management’s best estimate of the selling price, or BESP.
We are not able to demonstrate VSOE of selling price with respect to our recurring fees paid for our solutions because the deliverables are sold across an insufficiently narrow range of prices on a stand-alone basis. We are also not able to demonstrate TPE for subscription fees because no third-party offerings are reasonably comparable to our product offerings. We thus establish BESP by service offering, requiring the use of significant estimates and judgment. To determine BESP, we consider numerous factors, including the nature of the deliverables themselves, the geography for the sale, internal costs, and pricing and discounting practices utilized by our direct sales force. Arrangement consideration is allocated to each deliverable based on the established BESP and subject to the limitation that because the arrangements are cancellable with 60 days’ or less notice, recurring revenue is not allocated to any deliverable until the consideration has been earned, typically with each payroll cycle or monthly, depending on the service.
Property and Equipment and Long-Lived Assets
We state property and equipment at cost. We calculate depreciation on property and equipment using a straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally three to seven years for most classes of assets, or over the term of the related lease for leasehold improvements. We recognized depreciation expense of $5.1 million, $6.9 million and $10.1 million during the years ended June 30, 2015, 2016, and 2017, respectively.
We review long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If circumstances require a long-lived asset or asset group be tested for possible impairment, we first compare the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by that asset or asset group to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the long-lived asset or asset group is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, we recognize impairment to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds its fair value. We determine fair value through various valuation techniques including discounted cash flow models, quoted market values and third-party independent appraisals, as considered necessary. There were no impairments of long-lived assets during the years ended June 30, 2015, 2016 or 2017.
Capitalized Internal-Use Software Costs
We apply ASC 350-40, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software , to the accounting for costs of internal-use software. Software development costs are capitalized when application development begins, it is probable that the project will be completed, and the software will be used as intended. Costs associated with preliminary project stage activities, training, maintenance and all other post implementation stage activities are expensed as incurred. We also capitalize certain costs related to specific upgrades and enhancements when it is probable the expenditures will result in significant additional functionality. The capitalization policy provides for the capitalization of certain payroll costs for employees who are directly associated with developing internal-use software as well as certain external direct costs. Capitalized employee costs are limited to the time directly spent on such projects.
Internal-use software is amortized on a straight-line basis, generally over a 24-month period. We evaluate the useful lives of these assets on an annual basis and test for impairments whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets. There were no impairments to capitalized internal-use software during the years ended June 30, 2015, 2016 or 2017. We capitalized $4.9 million, $9.5 million, and $15.4 million of internal-use software costs for the years ended June 30, 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively, including stock-based compensation costs of $0.7 million, $1.1 million and $1.8 million in the years ended June 30, 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively. We amortized $2.6 million, $5.4 million, and $9.4 million of capitalized internal-use software costs for the years ended June 30, 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively. In fiscal 2015, fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2017, we developed significant additional functionality in several of our applications. This development resulted in an increase in capitalized internal-use software costs in fiscal 2017 as compared to fiscal 2016 and in fiscal 2016 as compared to fiscal 2015.
51
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill is an asset representing the future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired in a business combination that are not individually identified and separately recognized. We have recorded goodwill in connection with the acquisitions of BFKMS, Inc. and Synergy Payroll LLC. Goodwill is not amortized, but instead is tested for impairment at least annually. ASU 2011-08, Testing Goodwill for Impairment provides an entity the option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount prior to performing the two-step impairment test. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit, including goodwill, is less than its carrying amount, the two-step goodwill impairment test is required. Otherwise, no further analysis is required.
If the two-step goodwill impairment test is required, the fair value of the reporting unit is compared with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, an indication of goodwill impairment exists for the reporting unit. In the second step, an impairment loss is recognized for any excess of the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value of the goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating the fair value of the reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation and the residual fair value after this allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill. Fair value of the reporting unit is determined using a discounted cash flow analysis. In the event the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, step two is not performed.
We perform our annual impairment review of goodwill in our fiscal fourth quarter or when a triggering event occurs between annual impairment tests. Based on our qualitative assessments over our single reporting segment, we did not recognize any impairment for fiscal year 2015, 2016 or 2017.
Intangible assets are comprised primarily of client list acquisitions and are reported net of accumulated amortization on the consolidated balance sheets. Client relationships use the straight-line method of amortization over an accelerated nine-year time frame, while the non-solicitation agreements uses the straight-line method of amortization over two to three year life of the agreements. Amortization expense associated with our intangible assets was $0.9 million during the year ended June 30, 2015 and $1.5 million during the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2017. We test intangible assets for potential impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of such assets may not be recoverable. There were no such events or changes in circumstances during the years ended June 30, 2015, 2016 or 2017.
Income Taxes
We account for federal income taxes under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
Deferred tax assets may be reduced by a valuation allowance to the extent we determine it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The valuation of deferred tax assets requires judgment in assessing the likely future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our financial statements or tax returns and future profitability. Our accounting for deferred tax consequences represents the best estimate of those future events. Changes in current estimates, due to unanticipated events or otherwise, could have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider both positive and negative evidence related to the likelihood of realization of the deferred tax assets. The weight given to positive and negative evidence is commensurate with the extent to which the evidence may be objectively verified. As such, it is generally difficult for positive evidence regarding projected future taxable income exclusive of reversing taxable temporary differences to outweigh objective
52
negative evidence of recent financial reporting losses. Cumulative losses in recent years are significant negative evidence that is difficult to overcome in determining that a valuation allowance is not needed against deferred tax assets.
We recognize the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs.
Stock-Based Compensation
We maintain a 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2008 Plan”) and a 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”) pursuant to which we have issued options to purchase shares of our common stock and grants of restricted stock awards to employees, officers, directors and consultants. The 2014 Plan serves as the successor to the 2008 Plan and permits the granting of options to purchase common stock and other equity incentives at the discretion of the compensation committee of our board of directors. We will not grant any additional awards under our 2008 Plan, though our 2008 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of all outstanding equity awards granted under the 2008 Plan.
As of June 30, 2017, options to purchase 2.8 million shares of our common stock were outstanding, 1.5 million restricted stock units were outstanding and 8.2 million shares of our common stock were reserved for future grant.
The following table presents data related to stock options granted on the dates indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aug. 18, |
|
Aug. 17, |
|
||
|
|
2014 |
|
2015 |
|
||
Options granted |
|
|
321,700 |
|
|
149,000 |
|
Fair value of stock |
|
$ |
24.80 |
|
$ |
35.28 |
|
Exercise price |
|
$ |
24.80 |
|
$ |
35.28 |
|
Fair value of option |
|
$ |
11.14 |
|
$ |
12.92 |
|
There were no options granted during fiscal 2017. Equity-classified awards are measured at the grant date fair value of the award and expense is recognized, net of assumed forfeitures, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the award. We estimate grant date fair value using the Black-Scholes Option-Pricing Model, or Black-Scholes, which requires the use of certain subjective assumptions. Below is a table of the key weighted-average assumptions used in the option valuation calculation for options issued on the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aug. 18, |
|
Aug. 17, |
|
|
|
|
2014 |
|
2015 |
|
|
Valuation assumptions: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average expected dividend yield |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
Weighted average expected volatility |
|
43.9 |
% |
34.0 |
% |
|
Weighted average expected term (years) |
|
6.25 |
|
6.25 |
|
|
Weighted average risk-free interest rate |
|
1.91 |
% |
1.83 |
% |
|
We use a dividend yield assumption of zero, as we have never paid regular cash dividends on our common stock since our IPO and presently have no intention of paying any such cash dividends. Since our shares were not publicly traded prior to March 2014, expected volatility is estimated based on the average historical volatility of similar entities with publicly traded shares. The expected life represents the period of time the stock options are expected to be outstanding and is based on the simplified method. Under the simplified method, the expected life of an option is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. Given our limited history of trading as a public company, the Company utilizes the simplified method due to the lack of sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to otherwise estimate the expected life of the stock options. The risk-free rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve at the date of grant.
53
Stock-based compensation expense was $13.2 million, $17.6 million and $26.7 million for the years ended June 30, 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively. If factors change and we employ different assumptions, stock-based compensation expense may differ from what we have recorded in the past. If there is a difference between the assumptions used in determining stock-based compensation expense and the actual factors, which become known over time, we may change the input factors used in determining stock-based compensation costs for future grants. These changes, if any, may adversely impact our results of operations in the period such changes are made. We expect to continue to grant equity awards in the future, and to the extent that we do, our actual stock-based compensation expense recognized in future periods will likely increase.
Based on the closing stock price on June 30, 2017 of $45.18, the aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock as of June 30, 2017 was $92.6 million, of which $84.8 million related to vested options and $7.8 million to unvested options. The aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding restricted stock units as of June 30, 2017 was $65.8 million, of which all were unvested.
Follow-On Offering
In December 2014, the Company completed a follow-on offering in which it issued and sold 0.8 million shares of common stock and existing shareholders sold 3.9 million shares of common stock at a public offering price of $26.25 per share. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of common stock by the existing shareholders. The Company received net proceeds of $18.4 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $0.9 million and other offering expenses of $0.4 million.
In January 2015, the underwriters for the Company’s follow-on offering exercised their option to purchase 0.4 million additional shares from certain shareholders of the Company of the 0.7 million available as described in the final prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) in December 2014. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of common stock by the existing shareholders.
Secondary Offering
In September 2015, the Company completed a secondary offering in which its existing shareholders sold 3.7 million shares of common stock at a public offering price of $29.75 per share. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of common stock by the existing shareholders.
In October 2015, the underwriters for the Company’s secondary offering exercised their option to purchase 0.6 million additional shares from certain shareholders of the Company as described in the final prospectus filed with the SEC on September 25, 2015. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of common stock by the existing shareholders.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our primary liquidity needs are related to the funding of general business requirements, including working capital requirements, research and development, and capital expenditures. As of June 30, 2017, our principal source of liquidity was $103.5 million of cash and cash equivalents.
In order to grow our business, we intend to increase our personnel and related expenses and to make significant investments in our platform, data centers and general infrastructure. The timing and amount of these investments will vary based on the rate at which we can add new clients and new personnel and the scale of our application development, data centers and other activities. Many of these investments will occur in advance of our experiencing any direct benefit from them, which could negatively impact our liquidity and cash flows during any particular period and may make it difficult to determine if we are effectively allocating our resources. However, we expect to fund our operations, capital expenditures and other investments principally with cash flows from operations, and to the extent that our liquidity needs exceed our cash from operations, we would look to our cash on hand and seek to establish borrowing capacity to satisfy those needs.
54
Our cash flows from investing and financing activities are influenced by the amount of funds held for clients, which varies significantly from quarter to quarter. The balance of the funds we hold depends on our clients’ payroll calendar, and therefore such balance changes from period to period in accordance with the timing with each payroll cycle. Funds held for clients are solely for the repayment of client fund obligations.
We believe our current cash and cash equivalents and cash flow from operations will be sufficient to meet our working capital, capital expenditure and other investment requirements for at least the next 12 months.
Cash Flows
The following table sets forth data regarding cash flows for the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended June 30, |
|
|||||||
|
|
2015 |
|
2016 |
|
2017 |
|
|||
Net cash provided by operating activities |
|
$ |
11,105 |
|
$ |
32,993 |
|
$ |
61,980 |
|
Cash flows from investing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capitalized internal-use software costs |
|
|
(4,215) |
|
|
(8,391) |
|
|
(13,641) |
|
Purchases of property and equipment |
|
|
(9,020) |
|
|
(16,083) |
|
|
(21,338) |
|
Lease allowances used for tenant improvements |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(2,845) |
|
Payments for acquisitions |
|
|
(11,979) |
|
|
(483) |
|
|
— |
|
Net change in funds held for clients |
|
|
(173,958) |
|
|
(648,403) |
|
|
297,163 |
|
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities |
|
|
(199,172) |
|
|
(673,360) |
|
|
259,339 |
|
Cash flows from financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net change in client fund obligations |
|
|
173,958 |
|
|
648,403 |
|
|
(297,163) |
|
Proceeds from follow-on offering, net of issuance costs |
|
|
18,367 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Payments on initial public offering costs |
|
|
(75) |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Proceeds from exercise of stock options |
|
|
247 |
|
|
137 |
|
|
34 |
|
Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan |
|
|
1,773 |
|
|
2,991 |
|
|
3,677 |
|
Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards |
|
|
(3,793) |
|
|
(5,926) |
|
|
(11,342) |
|
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
447 |
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
|
|
190,477 |
|
|
645,605 |
|
|
(304,347) |
|
Net change in cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
2,410 |
|
$ |
5,238 |
|
$ |
16,972 |
|
Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities was $11.1 million, $33.0 million and $62.0 million for the years ended June 30, 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively.
The increase in net cash provided by operating activities from fiscal 2016 to fiscal 2017 as well as from fiscal 2015 to fiscal 2016 was primarily due to improved operating results after adjusting for non-cash items, including stock-based compensation expense and depreciation and amortization expense.
Investing Activities
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities was $(199.2) million, $(673.4) million and $259.3 million, for the years ended June 30, 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively.
Changes in net cash provided by (used in) investing activities are significantly influenced by the amount of funds held for clients at the end of a reporting period. Changes in the amount of funds held for clients from period to period will vary substantially as a result of the timing of payroll and tax obligations due. Our payroll processing activities involves the movement of significant funds from the account of an employer to employees and relevant taxing authorities. During the year ended June 30, 2017, we processed over $92 billion in payroll transactions. Though we debit a client’s account prior to any disbursement on its behalf, there is a delay between our payment of amounts due to employees and taxing and other regulatory authorities and when the incoming funds from the client to cover these
55
amounts payable actually clear into our operating accounts. We currently have agreements with nine banks to execute ACH and wire transfers to support our client payroll and tax services. We believe we have sufficient capacity under these ACH arrangements to handle our transactions for the foreseeable future.
Excluding the net change in funds held for clients, our net cash used in investing activities was $25.2 million, $25.0 million and $37.8 million, for the years ended June 30, 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively.
The increase in net cash used in investing activities of $932.7 million from fiscal 2016 to fiscal 2017 was primarily due to the timing of receipts and disbursements of cash and cash equivalents held to satisfy client funds obligations of $945.6 million. This was partially offset by increased capitalized internal-use software costs of $5.3 million, increased purchases of property and equipment of $5.3 million and $2.8 million in lease allowances used for tenant improvements. The increase in net cash used in investing activities of $474.2 million from fiscal 2015 to fiscal 2016 was primarily due to the timing of receipts and disbursements of cash and cash equivalents held to satisfy client funds obligations of $474.4 million, increased purchases of property and equipment by $7.1 million and increased capitalized internal-use software costs of $4.2 million, partially offset by a $11.5 million reduction in payments for acquisitions.
Financing Activities
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities was $190.5 million, $645.6 million and $(304.3) million for the years ended June 30, 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively. Excluding the net change in client fund obligations, net cash provided by (used in) financing activities was $16.5 million, $(2.8) million and $(7.2) million, respectively.
The decrease in net cash provided by (used in) financing activities of $(950.0) million from fiscal 2016 to fiscal 2017 was primarily the result of a $945.6 million decrease in funds held for clients and a $5.4 million increase in taxes paid related to employees’ net share settlement of equity awards. The increase in net cash provided by financing activities of $455.1 million from fiscal 2015 to fiscal 2016 was primarily the result of a $474.4 million increase in funds held for clients, a $1.2 million increase in proceeds received as a result of employees’ purchase of shares under the employee stock purchase plan, partially offset by $18.4 million of proceeds related to the follow-on offering, net of issuance costs during fiscal 2015 and a $2.1 million increase in taxes paid related to employees’ net share settlement of equity awards.
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
Our principal commitments consist of operating lease obligations. The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at June 30, 2017:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payment Due By Fiscal Period |
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2023 and |
|
||
|
|
Total |
|
2018 |
|
2019-2020 |
|
2021-2022 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|||||
Operating lease obligations |
|
$ |
117,338 |
|
$ |
7,025 |
|
$ |
16,927 |
|
$ |
18,225 |
|
$ |
75,161 |
|
Unconditional purchase obligations |
|
|
2,268 |
|
|
1,269 |
|
|
999 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
$ |
119,606 |
|
$ |
8,294 |
|
$ |
17,926 |
|
$ |
18,225 |
|
$ |
75,161 |
|
Capital Expenditures
We expect to increase capital spending as we continue to grow our business and expand and enhance our operating facilities, data centers and technical infrastructure. Future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our rate of sales growth. In the event that our sales growth or other factors do not meet our expectations, we may eliminate or curtail capital projects in order to mitigate the impact on our use of cash. Capital expenditures were $9.0 million, $16.1 million and $21.3 million for the years ended June 30, 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively, exclusive of capitalized internal-use software costs of $4.2 million, $8.4 million, and $13.6 million for the same periods, respectively. In fiscal 2017, we also purchased $2.8 million in capital expenditures for which we received reimbursement from lease allowances.
56
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that may be material to investors.
New Accounting Pronouncements
Refer to Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8: “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for a discussion of recently issued accounting standards.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.
We have operations solely in the United States and are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily include interest rate and certain exposure as well as risks relating to changes in the general economic conditions in the United States. We have not used, nor do we intend to use, derivatives to mitigate the impact of interest rate or other exposure or for trading or speculative purposes.
Interest Rate Risk
Funds held for clients are held in interest-bearing accounts at financial institutions. As a result of our investing activities, we are exposed to changes in interest rates that may materially affect our results of operations. In a falling rate environment, a decline in interest rates would decrease our interest income.
Inflation Risk
We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Nonetheless, if our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes set forth on pages F-1 through F-23 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The term “disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act refers to controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to a company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and acting Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of June 30, 2017, the end of the period covered
57
by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based upon such evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and acting Chief Financial Officer has concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of such date.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm
Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and acting Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and acting Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2017, based on the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) (2013 framework). Based on this evaluation under the Internal Control—Integrated Framework our Chief Executive Officer and acting Chief Financial Officer has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of June 30, 2017.
Our independent registered public accounting firm, which has audited our financial statements, has also audited the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2017, as stated in their report, which is included in Item 15(a)(1) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2017, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Limitations on Controls
Our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting are designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives as specified above. Management does not expect, however, that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all error and fraud. Any control system, no matter how well designed and operated, is based upon certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that its objectives will be met. Further, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected.
None.
58
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Information required by Part III, Item 10, will be included in our Proxy Statement relating to our 2018 annual meeting of stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Information required by Part III, Item 11, will be included in our Proxy Statement relating to our 2018 annual meeting of stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
Information required by Part III, Item 12, will be included in our Proxy Statement relating to our 2018 annual meeting of stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
Information required by Part III, Item 13, will be included in our Proxy Statement relating to our 2018 annual meeting of stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.
Information required by Part III, Item 14, will be included in our Proxy Statement relating to our 2018 annual meeting of stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, and is incorporated herein by reference.
59
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
|
(a) |
|
Documents Filed with Report |
(1) Financial Statements.
(2) Exhibits.
The information required by this Item is set forth on the exhibit index that follows the signature page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
None.
60
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
Date: August 11, 2017
|
|
|
|
PAYLOCITY HOLDING CORPORATION |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Steven R. Beauchamp |
|
|
Steven R. Beauchamp |
|
|
President, Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer), Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) and Director |
61
SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY
Each person whose individual signature appears below hereby authorizes and appoints Steven R. Beauchamp, with full power of substitution and resubstitution and full power to act, as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent to act in his or her name, place and stead and to execute in the name and on behalf of each person, individually and in each capacity stated below, and to file any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing, ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them or their or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Signature |
|
Title |
|
Date |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|||
/s/ Steven R. Beauchamp |
|
President, Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer), Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) and Director |
|
August 11, 2017 |
|||
Steven R. Beauchamp |
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|||
/s/ Ian Rogers |
|
Controller (Principal Accounting Officer) |
|
August 11, 2017 |
|||
Ian Rogers
|
|
|
|
|
|||
/s/ Steven I. Sarowitz |
|
Chairman of the Board of Directors |
|
August 11, 2017 |
|||
Steven I. Sarowitz |
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|||
/s/ Ellen Carnahan |
|
Director |
|
August 11, 2017 |
|||
Ellen Carnahan |
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|||
/s/ Jeffrey T. Diehl |
|
Director |
|
August 11, 2017 |
|||
Jeffrey T. Diehl |
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|||
/s/ Mark H. Mishler |
|
Director |
|
August 11, 2017 |
|||
Mark H. Mishler |
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|||
/s/ Andres D. Reiner |
|
Director |
|
August 11, 2017 |
|||
Andres D. Reiner |
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|||
/s/ Ronald V. Waters, III |
|
Director |
|
August 11, 2017 |
|||
Ronald V. Waters, III |
|
|
|
|
62
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
Page |
Consolidated Financial Statements: |
|
F-2 |
|
F-3 |
|
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended June 30, 2015, 2016 and 2017 |
F-4 |
F-5 |
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 2015, 2016 and 2017 |
F-6 |
F-7 |
F-1
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Paylocity Holding Corporation:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Paylocity Holding Corporation and subsidiary (the Company) as of June 30, 2016 and 2017, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2017. We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Paylocity Holding Corporation and subsidiary as of June 30, 2016 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2017, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) .
/s/ KPMG LLP
Chicago, Illinois
August 11, 2017
F-2
PAYLOCITY HOLDING CORPORATION
(in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 30, |
|
||||
|
|
2016 |
|
2017 |
|
||
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
86,496 |
|
$ |
103,468 |
|
Accounts receivable, net |
|
|
1,681 |
|
|
2,040 |
|
Prepaid expenses and other |
|
|
7,409 |
|
|
14,879 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets before funds held for clients |
|
|
95,586 |
|
|
120,387 |
|
Funds held for clients |
|
|
1,239,622 |
|
|
942,459 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets |
|
|
1,335,208 |
|
|
1,062,846 |
|
Long-term prepaid expenses |
|
|
845 |
|
|
1,535 |
|
Capitalized internal-use software, net |
|
|
11,427 |
|
|
17,394 |
|
Property and equipment, net |
|
|
26,787 |
|
|
40,756 |
|
Intangible assets, net |
|
|
10,419 |
|
|
8,907 |
|
Goodwill |
|
|
6,003 |
|
|
6,003 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
1,390,689 |
|
$ |
1,137,441 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable |
|
$ |
1,621 |
|
$ |
2,046 |
|
Accrued expenses |
|
|
24,979 |
|
|
30,301 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities before client fund obligations |
|
|
26,600 |
|
|
32,347 |
|
Client fund obligations |
|
|
1,239,622 |
|
|
942,459 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities |
|
|
1,266,222 |
|
|
974,806 |
|
Deferred rent |
|
|
4,646 |
|
|
14,621 |
|
Deferred income tax liabilities, net |
|
|
249 |
|
|
401 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities |
|
$ |
1,271,117 |
|
$ |
989,828 |
|
Stockholders’ equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 5,000 authorized, no shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2016 and 2017 |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 155,000 shares authorized at June 30, 2016 and 2017; 51,132 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2016 and 51,738 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2017 |
|
|
51 |
|
|
52 |
|
Additional paid-in capital |
|
|
171,515 |
|
|
192,837 |
|
Accumulated deficit |
|
|
(51,994) |
|
|
(45,276) |
|
Total stockholders’ equity |
|
$ |
119,572 |
|
$ |
147,613 |
|
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity |
|
$ |
1,390,689 |
|
$ |
1,137,441 |
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-3
PAYLOCITY HOLDING CORPORATION
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended June 30, |
|
|||||||
|
|
2015 |
|
2016 |
|
2017 |
|
|||
Revenues: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recurring fees |
|
$ |
142,168 |
|
$ |
217,416 |
|
$ |
284,817 |
|
Interest income on funds held for clients |
|
|
1,901 |
|
|
2,688 |
|
|
3,631 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total recurring revenues |
|
|
144,069 |
|
|
220,104 |
|
|
288,448 |
|
Implementation services and other |
|
|
8,629 |
|
|
10,597 |
|
|
11,562 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenues |
|
|
152,698 |
|
|
230,701 |
|
|
300,010 |
|
Cost of revenues: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recurring revenues |
|
|
46,366 |
|
|
66,131 |
|
|
85,399 |
|
Implementation services and other |
|
|
24,530 |
|
|
31,954 |
|
|
38,588 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenues |
|
|
70,896 |
|
|
98,085 |
|
|
123,987 |
|
Gross profit |
|
|
81,802 |
|
|
132,616 |
|
|
176,023 |
|
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing |
|
|
43,035 |
|
|
61,832 |
|
|
77,506 |
|
Research and development |
|
|
19,864 |
|
|
26,736 |
|
|
29,098 |
|
General and administrative |
|
|
32,824 |
|
|
47,598 |
|
|
62,123 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses |
|
|
95,723 |
|
|
136,166 |
|
|
168,727 |
|
Operating income (loss) |
|
|
(13,921) |
|
|
(3,550) |
|
|
7,296 |
|
Other income (expense) |
|
|
54 |
|
|
(124) |
|
|
73 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes |
|
|
(13,867) |
|
|
(3,674) |
|
|
7,369 |
|
Income tax expense |
|
|
105 |
|
|
177 |
|
|
651 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
(13,972) |
|
$ |
(3,851) |
|
$ |
6,718 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
(0.28) |
|
$ |
(0.08) |
|
$ |
0.13 |
|
Diluted |
|
$ |
(0.28) |
|
$ |
(0.08) |
|
$ |
0.12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
50,127 |
|
|
50,913 |
|
|
51,415 |
|
Diluted |
|
|
50,127 |
|
|
50,913 |
|
|
54,057 |
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-4
PAYLOCITY HOLDING CORPORATION
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders’ Equity |
|
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional |
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
||
|
|
Common Stock |
|
Paid-in |
|
Accumulated |
|
Stockholders’ |
|
||||||
|
|
Shares |
|
Amount |
|
Capital |
|
Deficit |
|
Equity |
|
||||
Balances at June 30, 2014 |
|
49,564 |
|
$ |
50 |
|
$ |
125,255 |
|
$ |
(34,171) |
|
$ |
91,134 |
|
Follow-on offering, net of issuance costs |
|
750 |
|
|
1 |
|
|
18,366 |
|
|
— |
|
|
18,367 |
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
13,824 |
|
|
— |
|
|
13,824 |
|
Stock options exercised |
|
452 |
|
|
— |
|
|
4,335 |
|
|
— |
|
|
4,335 |
|
Issuance of common stock upon vesting of
|
|
120 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Issuance of common stock under employee
|
|
83 |
|
|
— |
|
|
1,773 |
|
|
— |
|
|
1,773 |
|
Net settlement for taxes and/or exercise
|
|
(266) |
|
|
— |
|
|
(7,881) |
|
|
— |
|
|
(7,881) |
|
Net loss |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(13,972) |
|
|
(13,972) |
|
Balances at June 30, 2015 |
|
50,703 |
|
$ |
51 |
|
$ |
155,672 |
|
$ |
(48,143) |
|
$ |
107,580 |
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
18,641 |
|
|
— |
|
|
18,641 |
|
Stock options exercised |
|
536 |
|
|
— |
|
|
6,197 |
|
|
— |
|
|
6,197 |
|
Issuance of common stock upon vesting of
|
|
120 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Issuance of common stock under employee
|
|
102 |
|
|
— |
|
|
2,991 |
|
|
— |
|
|
2,991 |
|
Net settlement for taxes and/or exercise
|
|
(329) |
|
|
— |
|
|
(11,986) |
|
|
— |
|
|
(11,986) |
|
Net loss |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(3,851) |
|
|
(3,851) |
|
Balances at June 30, 2016 |
|
51,132 |
|
$ |
51 |
|
$ |
171,515 |
|
$ |
(51,994) |
|
$ |
119,572 |
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
28,507 |
|
|
— |
|
|
28,507 |
|
Stock options exercised |
|
691 |
|
|
1 |
|
|
8,550 |
|
|
— |
|
|
8,551 |
|
Issuance of common stock upon vesting of
|
|
255 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Issuance of common stock under employee
|
|
127 |
|
|
— |
|
|
3,677 |
|
|
— |
|
|
3,677 |
|
Net settlement for taxes and/or exercise
|
|
(467) |
|
|
— |
|
|
(19,859) |
|
|
— |
|
|
(19,859) |
|
Excess tax benefits from stock-based
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
447 |
|
|
— |
|
|
447 |
|
Net income |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
6,718 |
|
|
6,718 |
|
Balances at June 30, 2017 |
|
51,738 |
|
$ |
52 |
|
$ |
192,837 |
|
$ |
(45,276) |
|
$ |
147,613 |
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-5
PAYLOCITY HOLDING CORPORATION
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended June 30, |
|
|||||||
|
|
2015 |
|
2016 |
|
2017 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
(13,972) |
|
$ |
(3,851) |
|
$ |
6,718 |
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense |
|
|
13,169 |
|
|
17,563 |
|
|
26,734 |
|
Depreciation and amortization expense |
|
|
8,609 |
|
|
13,873 |
|
|
21,027 |
|
Deferred income tax expense |
|
|
91 |
|
|
150 |
|
|
152 |
|
Provision for doubtful accounts |
|
|
90 |
|
|
159 |
|
|
113 |
|
Loss on disposal of equipment |
|
|
256 |
|
|
712 |
|
|
253 |
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable |
|
|
(449) |
|
|
(725) |
|
|
(472) |
|
Prepaid expenses and other |
|
|
(1,754) |
|
|
(3,270) |
|
|
(2,074) |
|
Accounts payable |
|
|
(186) |
|
|
72 |
|
|
219 |
|
Accrued expenses |
|
|
5,251 |
|
|
8,310 |
|
|
6,465 |
|
Tenant improvement allowance |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
2,845 |
|
Net cash provided by operating activities |
|
|
11,105 |
|
|
32,993 |
|
|
61,980 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capitalized internal-use software costs |
|
|
(4,215) |
|
|
(8,391) |
|
|
(13,641) |
|
Purchases of property and equipment |
|
|
(9,020) |
|
|
(16,083) |
|
|
(21,338) |
|
Lease allowances used for tenant improvements |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(2,845) |
|
Payments for acquisitions |
|
|
(11,979) |
|
|
(483) |
|
|
— |
|
Net change in funds held for clients |
|
|
(173,958) |
|
|
(648,403) |
|
|
297,163 |
|
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities |
|
|
(199,172) |
|
|
(673,360) |
|
|
259,339 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net change in client fund obligations |
|
|
173,958 |
|
|
648,403 |
|
|
(297,163) |
|
Proceeds from follow-on offering, net of issuance costs |
|
|
18,367 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Payments on initial public offering costs |
|
|
(75) |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Proceeds from exercise of stock options |
|
|
247 |
|
|
137 |
|
|
34 |
|
Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan |
|
|
1,773 |
|
|
2,991 |
|
|
3,677 |
|
Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards |
|
|
(3,793) |
|
|
(5,926) |
|
|
(11,342) |
|
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
447 |
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
|
|
190,477 |
|
|
645,605 |
|
|
(304,347) |
|
Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents |
|
|
2,410 |
|
|
5,238 |
|
|
16,972 |
|
Cash and Cash Equivalents—Beginning of Year |
|
|
78,848 |
|
|
81,258 |
|
|
86,496 |
|
Cash and Cash Equivalents—End of Year |
|
$ |
81,258 |
|
$ |
86,496 |
|
$ |
103,468 |
|
Supplemental Disclosure of Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Build-out allowances received from landlords |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
1,888 |
|
$ |
— |
|
Purchase of property and equipment and internal-use software, accrued but not paid |
|
$ |
210 |
|
$ |
607 |
|
$ |
667 |
|
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds |
|
$ |
162 |
|
$ |
3 |
|
$ |
28 |
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-6
PAYLOCITY HOLDING CORPORATION
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(all amounts in thousands, except per share data)
(1) Organization and Description of Business
Paylocity Holding Corporation (the “Company”), through its wholly owned subsidiary, Paylocity Corporation, is a cloud-based provider of payroll and human capital management software solutions for medium-sized organizations. Services are provided in a Software-as-a-Service (“SaaS”) delivery model utilizing the Company’s cloud-based platform. Payroll services include collection, remittance and reporting of payroll liabilities to the appropriate federal, state and local authorities.
(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
(a) Basis of Presentation, Consolidation, and Use of Estimates
The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the allowance for doubtful accounts, internal-use software, valuation and useful lives of long-lived assets, definite-lived intangibles, goodwill, incurred but not reported medical and dental claims, stock-based compensation, valuation of net deferred income tax assets and the best estimate of selling price for revenue recognition purposes. Future events and their effects cannot be predicted with certainty; accordingly, accounting estimates require the exercise of judgment. Accounting estimates used in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired, as additional information is obtained and as the operating environment changes.
The consolidated financial statements reflect the financial position and operating results of Paylocity Holding Corporation and include its wholly owned subsidiary Paylocity Corporation. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
(b) Concentrations of Risk
The Company regularly maintains cash balances that exceed Federal Depository Insurance Corporation limits. No individual client represents 10% or more of total revenues. For all periods presented, 100% of total revenues were generated by clients in the United States.
(c) Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.
(d) Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. Amounts collected on trade accounts receivable are included in net cash provided by operating activities in the statements of cash flows. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts reflecting estimated potential losses in its accounts receivable portfolio. In establishing the required allowance, management considers historical losses adjusted to take into account current market conditions and the Company’s clients’ financial conditions, the amount of receivables in dispute, the current receivables aging and current payment patterns. The Company reviews its allowance for doubtful accounts quarterly. Past due balances over 60 days and over a specified amount are reviewed individually for collectability. All other balances are reviewed on a pooled basis. Account balances are charged off against the allowance after all
F-7
commercially reasonable means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. The Company does not have any off-balance-sheet credit exposure related to its clients.
Activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended June 30, |
|
|||||||
|
|
2015 |
|
2016 |
|
2017 |
|
|||
Balance at the beginning of the year |
|
$ |
126 |
|
$ |
149 |
|
$ |
193 |
|
Charged to expense |
|
|
90 |
|
|
159 |
|
|
113 |
|
Write-offs |
|
|
(67) |
|
|
(115) |
|
|
(40) |
|
Balance at the end of the year |
|
$ |
149 |
|
$ |
193 |
|
$ |
266 |
|
(e) Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets
Prepaid expenses and other assets consist primarily of tenant improvement allowance receivable from landlord, prepaid licensing fees, prepaid insurance premiums, deposits with vendors and time clocks available for sale or lease.
(f) Capitalized Internal-Use Software
The Company applies Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 350-40, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software , to the accounting for costs of internal-use software. Internal-use software costs are capitalized when application development begins, it is probable that the project will be completed, and the software will be used as intended. Costs associated with preliminary project stage activities, training, maintenance and all other post implementation stage activities are expensed as incurred. The Company also capitalizes certain costs related to specific upgrades and enhancements when it is probable the expenditures will result in significant additional functionality. The capitalization policy provides for the capitalization of certain payroll costs for employees who are directly associated with developing internal-use software as well as certain external direct costs, such as consulting fees. Capitalized employee costs are limited to the time directly spent on such projects.
Capitalized internal-use software costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives, generally over a 24-month period. Management evaluates the useful lives of these assets on an annual basis and tests for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets.
(g) Property and Equipment and Long-Lived Assets
Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation on property and equipment is calculated on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally three to seven years for most classes of assets, or over the term of the related lease for leasehold improvements.
Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If circumstances require a long-lived asset or asset group to be tested for possible impairment, the Company first compares the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by that asset or asset group to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the long-lived asset or asset group is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, an impairment is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds its fair value. Fair value is determined through various valuation techniques including discounted cash flow models, quoted market values and third-party independent appraisals, as considered necessary.
(h) Intangible Assets, Net of Accumulated Amortization
Intangible assets are comprised primarily of client list acquisitions and are reported net of accumulated amortization on the consolidated balance sheets. Client relationships use the straight-line method of amortization over a nine-year time frame from the date of acquisition, while non-solicitation agreements use the straight-line method of amortization over the lives of the related agreements. The Company tests intangible assets for potential impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of such assets may not be recoverable.
F-8
(i) Goodwill
Goodwill is an asset representing the future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired in a business combination that are not individually identified and separately recognized. As described in Note 5, the Company has recorded goodwill in connection with the acquisitions of certain assets of BFKMS, Inc. and Synergy Payroll, LLC. Goodwill is not amortized, but instead is tested for impairment at least annually in the fourth quarter. ASU 2011-08, Testing Goodwill for Impairment provides an entity the option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount prior to performing the two-step impairment test. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit, including goodwill, is less than its carrying amount, the two-step goodwill impairment test is required. Otherwise, no further analysis is required.
If the two-step goodwill impairment test is required, the fair value of the reporting unit is compared with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, an indication of goodwill impairment exists for the reporting unit. In the second step, an impairment loss is recognized for any excess of the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value of the goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating the fair value of the reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation and the residual fair value after this allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill. Fair value of the reporting unit is determined using a discounted cash flow analysis. In the event the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, step two is not performed.
The Company performs its annual impairment review of goodwill in its fiscal fourth quarter or when a triggering event occurs between annual impairment tests. No impairment was recorded in fiscal 2015, 2016 or 2017 as a result of the Company’s qualitative assessments over its single reporting segment.
(j) Deferred Rent
The Company has operating lease agreements for its office space, which contain provisions for future rent increases, periods of rent abatement and build-out allowances. The Company records monthly rent expense for each lease equal to the total payments due over the lease term, divided by the number of months of the lease term. Build-out allowances are recorded as part of leasehold improvements and the incentive is amortized over the lease term against depreciation. The difference between recorded rent expense and the amount paid is included in “Accrued expenses” and as “Deferred rent” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
(k) Income Taxes
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.
Valuation allowances are provided when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount more likely than not to be realized. Significant management judgment is required in determining the period in which the reversal of a valuation allowance should occur. The Company is required to consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, such as historical levels of income and future forecasts of taxable income among other items, in determining whether a full or partial release of its valuation allowance is required. The Company is also required to schedule future taxable income in accordance with accounting standards that address income taxes to assess the appropriateness of a valuation allowance, which further requires the exercise of significant management judgment.
The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. The Company records interest and penalties as an element of income tax expense.
Refer to Note 11 for additional information on income taxes.
F-9
(l) Revenue Recognition
The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with ASC 605-25, Revenue Recognition—Multiple Element Arrangements , Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-13, Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements (“ ASU 2009‑13 ”), and Staff Accounting Bulletin 104, Revenue Recognition . Revenue is recognized when there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection of the revenue is probable.
The Company derives its revenue predominantly from recurring fees and non-recurring service fees. Recurring fees are collected under agreements for payroll, timekeeping, HR-related cloud-based computing services and monthly time clock rentals, all of which are generally cancellable by the client on 60 days’ notice or less. Non-recurring service fees consist mainly of implementation and custom reporting services. Such fees are billed to clients and revenue is recorded upon completion of the service. The Company’s agreements do not include general rights of return and do not provide clients with the right to take possession of the software supporting the services being provided. As such, the agreements are accounted for as service contracts.
Interest income collected on funds held for clients is recognized in recurring revenues when earned as the collection, holding and remittance of these funds are critical components of providing these services.
Most multiple-element arrangements include a short implementation services phase, which involves establishing the client within and loading data into the Company’s cloud-based applications. Major recurring fees included in multiple-element arrangements include:
|
· |
|
Payroll processing and related services, including payroll reporting and tax filing services delivered on a weekly, biweekly, semi-monthly, or monthly basis depending upon the payroll frequency of the client and on an annual basis if a client selects W-2 preparation and processing services, |
|
· |
|
Time and attendance reporting services, including time clock rentals, delivered on a monthly basis, and |
|
· |
|
Cloud-based HR software solutions, including employee administration and benefits enrollment and administration, delivered on a monthly basis. |
For each agreement, the Company evaluates whether the individual deliverables qualify as separate units of accounting. If one or more of the deliverables does not have standalone value upon delivery, the deliverables that do not have standalone value are generally combined and treated as a single unit of accounting by frequency of occurrence for the product category involved such as biweekly payroll or monthly timekeeping services. Revenues for arrangements treated as a single unit of accounting are generally recognized within the same month that the services are rendered given that the agreements are cancellable with 60 days’ or less notice.
In determining whether implementation services can be accounted for separately from recurring revenues, the Company considers the nature of the implementation services and the availability of the implementation services from other vendors. The Company was able to establish standalone value for implementation activities based on the historical activity of third-party vendors that performed these services and as such, accounts for such implementation services separate from the recurring revenues.
If the recurring services have standalone value upon delivery, the Company accounts for each separately and revenues are recognized as services are delivered with allocation of consideration based on the relative selling price method as established in ASU 2009-13. That method requires the selling price of each element in a multiple-deliverable arrangement to be based on, in descending order: (i) vendor specific objective evidence of fair value (“VSOE”), (ii) third-party evidence of fair value (“TPE”) or (iii) management’s best estimate of the selling price (“BESP”).
The Company is not able to establish VSOE because the deliverables are sold across an insufficiently narrow range of prices on a stand-alone basis and is also not able to establish TPE because no third-party offerings are reasonably comparable to the Company’s offerings. The Company thus established its BESP by service offering, requiring the use of significant estimates and judgment. The Company considers numerous factors, including the nature of the deliverables themselves; the geography of the sale; and pricing and discounting practices utilized by the Company’s sales force. Arrangement consideration is allocated to each deliverable based on the established BESP and
F-10
subject to the limitation that because the arrangements are cancellable with 60 days’ or less notice, recurring revenue is not allocated to any deliverable until the consideration has been earned, typically with each payroll cycle or monthly, depending on the service.
Revenues generated from sales through partners or utilizing partner services are recognized in accordance with the appropriate accounting guidance of ASC 605-45, Principal Agent Considerations . The Company reports revenue generated through partners or utilizing partner services at the gross amount billed to clients when (i) the Company is the primary obligor, (ii) the Company has latitude to establish the price charged and (iii) the Company bears the credit risk in the transaction.
Sales taxes collected from clients and remitted to governmental authorities where applicable are accounted for on a net basis and therefore are excluded from revenues in the statements of operations.
(m) Cost of Revenues
Cost of revenues consists primarily of the cost of recurring revenues and implementation services, which are expensed when incurred. Cost of revenues for recurring revenues consists primarily of costs to provide recurring services and support to the Company’s clients, and includes amortization of capitalized internal-use software. Cost of revenues for implementation services and other consists primarily of costs to provide implementation and other services.
(n) Advertising
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs amounted to $187, $219 and $199 for the years ended June 30, 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively.
(o) Stock-Based Compensation
The Company recognizes all employee stock-based compensation as a cost in the financial statements. Equity-classified awards, including those under the 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”), are measured at the grant date fair value of the award and expense is recognized, net of assumed forfeitures, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the award. The Company estimates grant date fair value using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and periodically updates the assumed forfeiture rates for actual experience over their vesting term or the term of the ESPP purchase period.
(p) Commitments and Contingencies
Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines, and penalties and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred.
(q) Segment Information
The Company’s chief operating decision maker reviews the financial results of the Company in total when evaluating financial performance and for purposes of allocating resources. The Company has thus determined that it operates in a single cloud-based software solution reporting segment.
(r) Recently Issued Accounting Standards
In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 supersedes a majority of existing revenue recognition guidance under US GAAP, and requires companies to recognize revenue when it transfers goods or services to a customer in an amount that reflects the consideration to which a company expects to be entitled. Companies may need to apply more judgment and estimation techniques or methods while recognizing revenue, which could result in additional disclosures to the financial statements. In addition, in March 2016, April 2016, May 2016 and December 2016 the FASB issued ASU 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net) (“ASU 2016-08”), ASU 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing (“ASU 2016-10”), ASU 2016-12, Revenue from Contracts
F-11
with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients (“ASU 2016-12”) and ASU 2016-20, Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2016-20”), respectively, to amend certain guidance in ASU 2014-09. Topic 606 allows for either a retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. ASU 2014-09 was originally effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. In July 2015, the FASB approved a one-year deferral of ASU 2014-09 and all amendments to it, with a new effective date for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 with early adoption permitted as of the original effective date.
The Company currently expects to adopt the new standard in its fiscal year beginning July 1, 2018 and is evaluating adoption methods. While the impact the new revenue recognition standard will have on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures has not yet been fully assessed, the Company currently expects that there will be a material impact in the manner in which it treats certain costs of obtaining new contracts (i.e., selling and commission costs). The new standard will require the Company to defer these costs and amortize them versus expensing these costs as incurred. The Company is continuing to evaluate all potential impacts as well as the changes required for systems, processes and internal controls to meet the new standard’s reporting and disclosure requirements.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASU 2016-02”) which amends various aspects of existing guidance for leases. ASU 2016-02 requires an entity to recognize assets and liabilities arising from a lease with terms greater than twelve months, along with additional qualitative and quantitative disclosures. ASU 2016-02 also requires the use of the modified retrospective method, which will require adjustment to all comparative periods presented. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently assessing the potential effects of these changes to its consolidated financial statements and is evaluating the timing of adoption.
In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718) (“ASU 2016-09”) which modifies accounting for excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies, forfeitures, and employer tax withholding requirements. ASU 2016-09 also clarifies certain classifications on the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-09 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted this standard effective July 1, 2017. Due to the Company’s tax valuation allowance, it does not expect the portions of the updated standard that relate to excess tax benefits and deficiencies to have a material impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements and disclosures. Additionally, the Company will continue to estimate forfeitures at each reporting period, rather than electing an accounting policy change to record the impact of such forfeitures as they occur.
From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by the FASB or other standard setting bodies that are adopted by the Company as of the specified effective date. Unless otherwise discussed, the Company believes that the impact of other recently issued standards that are not yet effective will not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements upon adoption.
(3) Funds Held for Clients and Client Fund Obligations
The Company obtains funds from clients in advance of performing payroll and payroll tax filing services on behalf of those clients. Funds held for clients represent assets that are used solely for the purposes of satisfying the obligations to remit funds relating to payroll and payroll tax filing services. Funds held for clients are held in demand deposit and money market accounts at major financial institutions. The Company has classified funds held for clients as a current asset since these funds are held solely for the purposes of satisfying the client fund obligations.
Client fund obligations represent the Company’s contractual obligations to remit funds to satisfy clients’ payroll and tax payment obligations and are recorded in the accompanying balance sheets at the time that the Company obtains funds from clients. The client fund obligations represent liabilities that will be repaid within one year of the balance sheet date.
(4) Fair Value Measurements
The Company applies the fair value measurement and disclosure provisions of ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , and ASU 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS . Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A three-level fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value.
F-12
The hierarchy requires entities to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value are as follows:
|
· |
|
Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities. |
|
· |
|
Level 2—Quoted prices in active markets for similar assets and liabilities, or other inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument. |
|
· |
|
Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets and liabilities. This includes certain pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs. |
Substantially all of the Company’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis are measured using Level 1 inputs. The Company considers the recorded value of its financial assets and liabilities, which consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, funds held for clients, accounts payable and client fund obligations to approximate the fair value of the respective assets and liabilities at June 30, 2016 and 2017 based upon the short-term nature of these assets and liabilities.
(5) Business Combinations
The Company had agreements with two resellers. The Company, under the revenue sharing provisions of the terminated reseller agreements, paid $2,495 to BFKMS Inc. during fiscal year 2014, and $2,081 and $2,361 to Synergy Payroll, LLC during fiscal years 2014 and 2015, respectively. The reseller agreements provided that the Company was required to acquire the assets of the resellers upon termination of the agreements. The following acquisitions were accounted for as a business combination in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations. The Company recorded the acquisitions using the acquisition method of accounting and recognized assets at their fair value as of the date of acquisition.
In May 2014, the Company acquired certain assets sufficient to sell the Company’s products in the Southern California marketplace upon the termination of its reseller agreement with BFKMS Inc. The total consideration paid for the acquisition was $9,435, of which $6,450 and $2,985 was paid during the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2015, respectively. The following table summarizes the fair value of the assets acquired at the date of acquisition:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At May 23, 2014 |
|
|
Intangible assets |
|
$ |
6,400 |
|
Goodwill |
|
|
3,035 |
|
Total purchase price |
|
$ |
9,435 |
|
The $6,400 of amortizable intangible assets consists of $6,180 in client relationships and $220 in a non-solicitation agreement. Goodwill will be amortized over a period of 15 years for income tax purposes.
In April 2015, the Company acquired certain assets sufficient to sell the Company’s products in the State of New Jersey marketplace upon the termination of its reseller agreement with Synergy Payroll, LLC, as part of the Company’s strategy of simplifying its sales channels. The total consideration for the acquisition was $9,508, of which $8,994 was paid at closing. The Company paid $483 during fiscal year 2016, which was net of adjustments in accordance with the asset purchase agreement. The following table summarizes the fair value of the assets acquired at the date of acquisition:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At April 16, 2015 |
|
|
Intangible assets |
|
$ |
6,540 |
|
Goodwill |
|
|
2,968 |
|
Total purchase price |
|
$ |
9,508 |
|
The $6,540 of amortizable intangible assets consists of $6,400 in client relationships and $140 in non-solicitation agreements. Goodwill will be amortized over a period of 15 years for income tax purposes.
F-13
The balance of the acquired intangibles, net of amortization, is stated separately on the consolidated balance sheet. Direct costs related to the acquisition were recorded as general and administrative expense as incurred.
(6) Capitalized Internal-Use Software
Capitalized internal-use software and accumulated amortization were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended June 30, |
|
||||
|
|
2016 |
|
2017 |
|
||
Capitalized internal-use software |
|
$ |
34,249 |
|
$ |
49,663 |
|
Accumulated amortization |
|
|
(22,822) |
|
|
(32,269) |
|
Capitalized internal-use software, net |
|
$ |
11,427 |
|
$ |
17,394 |
|
Amortization of capitalized internal-use software amounted to $2,606, $5,446 and $9,447 for the years ended June 30, 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively and is included in Cost of Revenues—Recurring Revenues.
(7) Property and Equipment
The major classes of property and equipment are as follows as of June 30:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended June 30, |
|
||||
|
|
2016 |
|
2017 |
|
||
Office equipment |
|
$ |
2,528 |
|
$ |
3,591 |
|
Computer equipment |
|
|
18,139 |
|
|
24,411 |
|
Furniture and fixtures |
|
|
4,308 |
|
|
7,547 |
|
Software |
|
|
5,059 |
|
|
4,954 |
|
Leasehold improvements |
|
|
11,164 |
|
|
21,426 |
|
Time clocks rented by clients |
|
|
4,046 |
|
|
4,240 |
|
Total |
|
|
45,244 |
|
|
66,169 |
|
Accumulated depreciation |
|
|
(18,457) |
|
|
(25,413) |
|
Property and equipment, net |
|
$ |
26,787 |
|
$ |
40,756 |
|
Depreciation expense amounted to $5,084, $6,905 and $10,068 for the years ended June 30, 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively.
(8) Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets of acquired businesses. Goodwill amounts are not amortized, but rather tested for impairment at least annually in the fourth quarter. Identifiable intangible assets acquired in business combinations are recorded based on fair value at the date of acquisition and amortized over their estimated useful lives. See Note 5 for further information regarding the acquisitions completed in 2014 and 2015.
The Company’s amortizable intangible assets have estimated useful lives as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
||
|
|
Year ended June 30, |
|
Useful |
|
||||
|
|
2016 |
|
2017 |
|
Life |
|
||
Client relationships |
|
$ |
12,580 |
|
$ |
12,580 |
|
9 years |
|
Non-solicitation agreements |
|
|
360 |
|
|
360 |
|
2 - 3 years |
|
Total |
|
|
12,940 |
|
|
12,940 |
|
|
|
Accumulated amortization |
|
|
(2,521) |
|
|
(4,033) |
|
|
|
Intangible assets, net |
|
$ |
10,419 |
|
$ |
8,907 |
|
|
|
F-14
Amortization expense for acquired intangible assets was $919, $1,522 and $1,512 for the years ended June 30, 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively. Future amortization expense for acquired intangible is as follows, as of June 30, 2017:
|
|
|
|
|
Year ending June 30, |
|
|
|
|
2018 |
|
$ |
1,427 |
|
2019 |
|
|
1,398 |
|
2020 |
|
|
1,398 |
|
2021 |
|
|
1,398 |
|
2022 |
|
|
1,398 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
1,888 |
|
Total |
|
$ |
8,907 |
|
(9) Accrued Expenses
The components of accrued expenses are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended June 30, |
|
||||
|
|
2016 |
|
2017 |
|
||
Accrued payroll and personnel costs |
|
$ |
21,658 |
|
$ |
25,131 |
|
Other |
|
|
3,321 |
|
|
5,170 |
|
Total accrued expenses |
|
$ |
24,979 |
|
$ |
30,301 |
|
(10) Leases
The Company primarily leases office space in Illinois, California, Florida, Idaho, New Jersey, New Hampshire and New York under non-cancellable operating leases expiring on various dates from June 2018 through October 2032. The leases provide for increasing annual base rents and oblige the Company to fund proportionate share of operating expenses and, in certain cases, real estate taxes. The Company also leases various types of office and production related equipment under non-cancellable operating leases expiring on various dates from April 2018 through December 2021.
In June 2016, the Company entered into a lease for approximately 310 rentable square feet of office space located in Schaumburg, Illinois. The Company intends to use the leased premises as its headquarters upon the expiration of the lease of its current headquarters. The lease provides for phased delivery and commencement dates, with commencement expected to occur on the following approximate dates: Phase I (June 1, 2017), Phase II (November 1, 2017), Phase III (July 1, 2018), and Phase IV (July 1, 2019). The actual commencement dates are subject to timely delivery of the premises by the landlord. Under the terms of the lease, the Company will receive a tenant improvement allowance equal to $65.00 per rentable square foot and a 12-month rent abatement period for each lease phase. The lease also provides for a term beginning on the Phase I commencement date and ending 180 full calendar months after the landlord delivers the Phase II premises to the Company, which is expected to be on or about November 1, 2017, with two subsequent five-year renewal options.
In February 2017, the Company entered into a lease for approximately 62 rentable square feet of office space located in Meridian, Idaho. The Company intends to use the leased premises to accommodate the continued expansion of its employee base in the western region of the United States. The lease provides for phased delivery and commencement dates with commencement expected to occur on the following approximate dates: Phase I (July 1, 2018) and Phase II (February 1, 2020). The actual commencement dates are subject to timely delivery of the premises by the landlord. Under the terms of the lease, the Company will receive a tenant improvement allowance equal to $50.00 per rentable square foot and a 3-month rent abatement period for each lease phase. The lease also provides for a term beginning on the Phase I commencement date and ending after 120 full calendar months with four subsequent five-year renewal options.
Minimum rent payments under operating leases are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease including any periods of free rent and future rent increases. Rental expense for operating leases, including amortization of leasehold improvements, was $4,238, $5,596 and $8,571 for the years ended June 30, 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively.
F-15
Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases (with initial or remaining lease terms in excess of one year) as of June 30, 2017 are:
|
|
|
|
|
Year ending June 30, |
|
|
|
|
2018 |
|
$ |
7,025 |
|
2019 |
|
|
8,354 |
|
2020 |
|
|
8,573 |
|
2021 |
|
|
9,677 |
|
2022 |
|
|
8,548 |
|
Later years, through 2033 |
|
|
75,161 |
|
Total minimum lease payments |
|
$ |
117,338 |
|
(11) Income Taxes
(a) Income Taxes
Income tax expense for the years ended June 30, 2015, 2016 and 2017 consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended June 30, |
|
|||||||
|
|
2015 |
|
2016 |
|
2017 |
|
|||
Current taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. federal |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
State and local |
|
|
14 |
|
|
27 |
|
|
500 |
|
Deferred taxes: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. federal |
|
|
83 |
|
|
136 |
|
|
137 |
|
State and local |
|
|
8 |
|
|
14 |
|
|
14 |
|
Total income tax expense |
|
$ |
105 |
|
$ |
177 |
|
$ |
651 |
|
(b) Tax Rate Reconciliation
Income tax expense differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 34% to pretax income (loss) as a result of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended June 30, |
|
|||||||
|
|
2015 |
|
2016 |
|
2017 |
|
|||
Income tax expense (benefit) at statutory federal rate |
|
$ |
(4,716) |
|
$ |
(1,249) |
|
$ |
2,503 |
|
Increase (reduction) in income taxes resulting from: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development credit, net of federal income tax benefit |
|
|
(276) |
|
|
(504) |
|
|
(1,025) |
|
Non-deductible expenses |
|
|
418 |
|
|
557 |
|
|
685 |
|
Change in valuation allowance |
|
|
4,570 |
|
|
2,590 |
|
|
(1,349) |
|
State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit |
|
|
(562) |
|
|
(432) |
|
|
(196) |
|
Other |
|
|
671 |
|
|
(785) |
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
$ |
105 |
|
$ |
177 |
|
$ |
651 |
|
F-16
(c) Components of Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at June 30, 2016 and 2017 are presented below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended June 30, |
|
||||
|
|
2016 |
|
2017 |
|
||
Deferred tax assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred rent |
|
$ |
694 |
|
$ |
1,090 |
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts |
|
|
73 |
|
|
100 |
|
Accrued expenses |
|
|
1,812 |
|
|
2,290 |
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
7,367 |
|
|
11,034 |
|
Net operating loss carryforwards |
|
|
4,498 |
|
|
253 |
|
Research and development and other credits |
|
|
3,236 |
|
|
4,984 |
|
AMT Credits |
|
|
11 |
|
|
29 |
|
Intangible assets |
|
|
413 |
|
|
657 |
|
Total deferred tax assets |
|
|
18,104 |
|
|
20,437 |
|
Valuation allowance |
|
|
(10,038) |
|
|
(8,689) |
|
Net deferred tax assets |
|
|
8,066 |
|
|
11,748 |
|
Deferred tax liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development costs |
|
|
(3,681) |
|
|
(5,649) |
|
Prepaid expenses |
|
|
(91) |
|
|
— |
|
Depreciation |
|
|
(4,543) |
|
|
(6,500) |
|
Total deferred liabilities |
|
|
(8,315) |
|
|
(12,149) |
|
Net deferred tax liability |
|
$ |
(249) |
|
$ |
(401) |
|
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized through the generation of future taxable income. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities (including the impact of available carryback and carryforward periods), projected future taxable income and tax-planning strategies in making this assessment. Taxable loss for the years ended June 30, 2015, 2016 and 2017 was approximately $12,424, $8,330 and $3,294, respectively, prior to utilization or establishment of net operating loss carryforwards. Based upon the same three-year period pre-tax book income, the Company is in a three-year cumulative loss position. As a result of this and other assessments in the year ended June 30, 2017, management concluded that a full valuation allowance is required for all deferred tax assets except for those associated with indefinite-lived intangible assets.
At June 30, 2017, the Company has gross excess tax benefits from stock option exercises of approximately $30,264 for federal and state income tax purposes. At June 30, 2017, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes of approximately $484 and state income tax purposes of approximately $1,777, both excluding the excess tax benefits from stock option exercises noted above. The net tax impact of $10,290 and $644 for federal and state income tax purposes, respectively, related to the excess tax benefits from stock option exercises will be credited to additional paid-in capital when realized. The federal NOL carryforwards expire from 2030 to 2037.The state NOL carryforwards expire from 2020 to 2037. The Company also has gross federal and state research and development tax credit and other state credit carryforwards of approximately $4,984, which expire between 2018 and 2037. In addition, the Company has alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards of approximately $11, which are available to reduce future federal regular income taxes, if any, over an indefinite period.
The Company had no unrecognized tax benefits as of June 30, 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively.
The Company files income tax returns with the United States federal government and various state jurisdictions. Certain tax years remain open for federal and state tax reporting jurisdictions in which the Company does business due to net operating loss carryforwards and tax credits unutilized from such years or utilized in a period remaining open for audit under normal statute of limitations relating to income tax liabilities. The Company, including its domestic subsidiary, files a consolidated federal income tax return. For years before 2013 (fiscal year ended June 30, 2014), the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal examination; however, the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) has
F-17
the ability to review years prior to 2013 to the extent the Company utilized tax attributes carried forward from those prior years. The statute of limitations on state filings is generally three to four years.
(12) Stockholders’ Equity
Common Stock
Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share and to receive dividends, when declared. The holders have no preemptive or other subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions with respect to such shares.
(13) Benefit Plans
(a) Equity Incentive Plans
The Company maintains a 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2008 Plan”) and a 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”) pursuant to which the Company has reserved shares of its common stock for issuance to its employees, directors and non-employee third parties. The 2014 Plan serves as the successor to the 2008 Plan and permits the granting of options to purchase common stock and other equity incentives at the discretion of the compensation committee of the Company’s board of directors. No new awards have been or will be issued under the 2008 Plan since the effective date of the 2014 Plan. Outstanding awards under the 2008 Plan continue to be subject to the terms and conditions of the 2008 Plan. The number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2014 Plan will increase automatically each calendar year, continuing through and including January 1, 2024 (“Evergreen provision”). The number of shares added each year will be equal to the lesser of (a) four and five tenths percent (4.5%) of the number of shares of common stock of the Company issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31, or (b) an amount determined by the Company’s board of directors. The Company’s board of directors determined that, effective January 1, 2017, it would increase the number of common shares in reserve for issuance under the 2014 Plan by 2,314 shares.
As of June 30, 2017, the Company had 12,433 shares allocated to the plans, of which 4,206 shares were subject to outstanding options or awards. Generally, the Company issues previously unissued shares for the exercise of stock options or vesting of awards; however, shares previously subject to 2014 Plan grants or awards that are forfeited or net settled at exercise or release may be reissued to satisfy future issuances.
The following table summarizes changes during the year ended June 30, 2017 in the number of shares available for grant under the Company’s equity incentive plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Available for grant at July 1, 2016 |
|
6,244 |
|
January 1, 2017 Evergreen provision increase |
|
2,314 |
|
RSUs granted |
|
(774) |
|
Shares withheld in settlement of taxes and/or exercise price |
|
467 |
|
Forfeitures |
|
89 |
|
Shares removed |
|
(113) |
|
Available for grant at June 30, 2017 |
|
8,227 |
|
Shares removed represents forfeitures of shares and shares withheld in settlement of taxes and/or payment of exercise price related to grants made under the 2008 Plan. As noted above, no new awards will be issued under the 2008 Plan.
F-18
Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (as described below) is included in the following line items in the accompanying audited consolidated statements of operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended June 30, |
|
|||||||
|
|
2015 |
|
2016 |
|
2017 |
|
|||
Cost of revenue – recurring |
|
$ |
1,532 |
|
$ |
1,648 |
|
$ |
2,162 |
|
Cost of revenue – non-recurring |
|
|
1,222 |
|
|
1,127 |
|
|
1,357 |
|
Sales and marketing |
|
|
3,247 |
|
|
4,441 |
|
|
6,287 |
|
Research and development |
|
|
2,533 |
|
|
2,789 |
|
|
3,086 |
|
General and administrative |
|
|
4,635 |
|
|
7,558 |
|
|
13,842 |
|
Total stock-based compensation expense |
|
$ |
13,169 |
|
$ |
17,563 |
|
$ |
26,734 |
|
In addition, the Company capitalized $655, $1,078 and $1,773 of stock-based compensation costs in its internal-use software in the years ended June 30, 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively.
In June 2017, Peter McGrail ceased to serve as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, but continued to serve as an employee of the Company. In connection with Mr. McGrail’s modified employment arrangement, the compensation committee of the Board of Directors approved modifications to terms of the unvested equity awards granted to Mr. McGrail. Any awards held by Mr. McGrail that are subject to time-based vesting will become fully-vested upon his death or disability. Additionally, any performance-based restricted stock unit (“PSU”) awards held by Mr. McGrail will continue to vest and settle based upon actual achievement of previously-established performance metrics, with Mr. McGrail receiving a pro-rata share of the PSU awards based on the number of days Mr. McGrail is employed over the vesting period. As a result of these award modifications, the Company recognized $2,925 in additional stock-based compensation expense for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, which was included in general and administrative expense in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
Under the 2008 and 2014 Plans, the exercise price of each option cannot be less than the fair value of a share of common stock on the grant date. The options typically vest ratably over a three or four year period and expire 10 years from the grant date. Stock-based compensation expense for the fair value of the options at their grant date is recognized ratably over the vesting schedule for each separately vesting portion of the award.
The Company values stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the risk-free interest rate, expected life, expected stock price volatility and dividend yield. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed interest rates for U.S. Treasury securities consistent with the expected term of the Company’s employee stock options. The expected life represents the period of time the stock options are expected to be outstanding and is based on the simplified method. Under the simplified method, the expected life of an option is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. As the Company has a limited history of trading as a public company, the Company utilizes the simplified method due to the lack of sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to otherwise estimate the expected life of the stock options. Therefore, the expected volatility is based on historical volatilities for publicly traded stock of comparable companies over the estimated expected life of the stock options. The Company assumed no dividend yield because it does not expect to pay dividends in the near future, which is consistent with the Company’s history of not paying dividends.
There were no stock options granted during the year ended June 30, 2017. The following table summarizes the assumptions used for estimating the fair value of stock options granted for the years ended June 30:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended June 30, |
|
||
|
|
2015 |
|
2016 |
|
Valuation assumptions: |
|
|
|
|
|
Expected dividend yield |
|
|
|
|
|
Expected volatility |
|
|
|
|
|
Expected term (years) |
|
|
|
6.25 |
|
Risk-free interest rate |
|
|
|
|
|
F-19
Stock option activity during the periods indicated is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding Options |
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted |
|
average |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
average |
|
remaining |
|
Aggregate |
|
||
|
|
Number of |
|
exercise |
|
contractual |
|
intrinsic |
|
||
|
|
shares |
|
price |
|
term (years) |
|
value |
|
||
Balance at July 1, 2016 |
|
3,464 |
|
$ |
11.75 |
|
6.70 |
|
$ |
108,944 |
|
Options forfeited |
|
(22) |
|
$ |
18.88 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options exercised |
|
(691) |
|
$ |
12.37 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at June 30, 2017 |
|
2,751 |
|
$ |
11.54 |
|
5.69 |
|
$ |
92,556 |
|
Options exercisable at June 30, 2017 |
|
2,395 |
|
$ |
9.80 |
|
5.47 |
|
$ |
84,757 |
|
Options vested and expected to vest at June 30, 2017 |
|
2,742 |
|
$ |
11.47 |
|
5.68 |
|
$ |
92,414 |
|
There were no stock options granted during the year ended June 30, 2017. The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended June 30, 2015 and 2016 was $11.14 and $12.92, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended June 30, 2015, 2016 and 2017 was $8,802, $13,362 and $20,802, respectively. At June 30, 2017, there was $625 of total unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested stock options granted. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.36 years.
The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and stock options exercisable at June 30, 2017:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options Outstanding |
|
Options Exercisable |
|
||||||||
Price Range |
|
Number of
|
|
Weighted
|
|
Weighted
|
|
Number of
|
|
Weighted
|
|
||
$1.31 to $3.58 |
|
463 |
|
3.15 |
|
$ |
1.49 |
|
463 |
|
$ |
1.49 |
|
$3.59 to $5.96 |
|
854 |
|
5.14 |
|
$ |
4.88 |
|
854 |
|
$ |
4.88 |
|
$5.97 to $12.02 |
|
224 |
|
6.03 |
|
$ |
7.04 |
|
128 |
|
$ |
7.04 |
|
$12.03 to $20.90 |
|
796 |
|
6.72 |
|
$ |
17.00 |
|
796 |
|
$ |
17.00 |
|
$20.91 to $35.28 |
|
414 |
|
7.48 |
|
$ |
28.46 |
|
154 |
|
$ |
27.16 |
|
Total |
|
2,751 |
|
5.69 |
|
$ |
11.54 |
|
2,395 |
|
$ |
9.80 |
|
The Company may also grant RSUs under the 2014 Plan with terms determined at the discretion of the compensation committee of the Company’s board of directors. RSUs generally vest over three or four years following the grant date. Certain RSU awards have time-based vesting conditions while other RSUs vest based on the achievement of certain revenue metrics in future fiscal years. The following table represents restricted stock unit activity during the year ended June 30, 2017:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Units |
|
Weighted
|
|
|
RSU balance at July 1, 2016 |
|
1,003 |
|
$ |
32.74 |
|
RSUs granted |
|
774 |
|
$ |
45.66 |
|
RSUs vested |
|
(255) |
|
$ |
32.97 |
|
RSUs forfeited |
|
(67) |
|
$ |
38.09 |
|
RSU balance at June 30, 2017 |
|
1,455 |
|
$ |
39.96 |
|
RSUs expected to vest at June 30, 2017 |
|
1,269 |
|
$ |
39.59 |
|
At June 30, 2017, there was $20,599 of total unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested restricted stock units granted. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.89 years.
F-20
The total excess income tax benefits for stock-based compensation arrangements was $5,562, $8,228 and $15,130 for the years ended June 30, 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively. As described in Note 2, the Company will adopt ASU 2016-09 as of July 1, 2017. As a result, in the future, the Company will recognize these tax benefits through income tax expense instead of additional paid-in capital as required under current GAAP.
(b) Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Under the Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”), the Company can grant stock purchase rights to all eligible employees during specific offering periods not to exceed twenty-seven months. Each offering period will begin on the trading day closest to May 16 and November 16 of each year. Shares are purchased through employees’ payroll deductions, up to a maximum of 10% of employees’ compensation for each purchase period, at a purchase price equal to 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the first trading day of the applicable offering period or the purchase date. Participants may purchase up to $25 worth of common stock or 2 shares of common stock in any one year. The ESPP is considered compensatory and results in compensation expense.
As of June 30, 2017, a total of 824 shares of common stock were reserved for future issuances under the ESPP. The number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the ESPP will increase automatically each calendar year, continuing through and including January 1, 2024. The number of shares added each year will be equal to the lesser of (a) 400, (b) seventy-five one hundredths percent (0.75%) of the number of shares of common stock of the Company issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31, or (c) an amount determined by the Company’s board of directors. For fiscal year 2017, the Company’s board of directors determined that it would not increase the number of common shares reserved for issuance under the ESPP.
The Company issued a total of 127 shares upon the completion of its six-month offering periods ending November 15, 2016 and May 15, 2017. The Company recorded compensation expense attributable to the ESPP of $656, $1,069 and $1,263 for the years ended June 30, 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively, which is included in the summary of stock-based compensation expense above. The grant date fair value of the ESPP offering periods was estimated using the following weighted average assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended June 30, |
|
||||
|
|
2015 |
|
2016 |
|
2017 |
|
Valuation assumptions: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected dividend yield |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected volatility |
|
35.5 - 48.4% |
|
44.1 - 53.4% |
|
38.9 - 53.4% |
|
Expected term (years) |
|
0.3 - 0.5 |
|
0.5 |
|
0.5 |
|
Risk ‑ free interest rate |
|
0.04 - 0.11% |
|
0.11 - 0.31% |
|
0.28 - 1.02% |
|
(c) 401(k) Plan
The Company maintains a 401(k) plan with a safe harbor matching provision that covers all eligible employees. Up to December 31, 2015, the Company matched 50% of the employees’ contributions up to 6% of their gross pay. Effective January 1, 2016, the Company increased its match to 50% of employees’ contributions up to 8% of their gross pay. Contributions were $1,656, $2,717 and $3,667 for the years ended June 30, 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively.
(14) Commitments and Contingencies
(a) Employment Agreements
The Company has employment agreements with certain of its key officers. The agreements allow for minimum annual compensation increases, participation in equity incentive plans and bonuses for annual performance as well as certain change of control events as defined in the agreements.
(b) Litigation
From time to time, the Company is subject to litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. Many of these proceedings are covered in whole or in part by insurance. In the opinion of the Company’s management, the ultimate
F-21
disposition of any matters currently outstanding or threatened will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or liquidity.
(15) Earnings Per Share
Basic net income (loss) per share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income (loss) per share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period and, if dilutive, potential common shares outstanding during the period. The Company’s potential common shares consist of the incremental common shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options, the release of restricted stock units and the shares purchasable via the employee stock purchase plan as of the balance sheet date.
The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended June 30, |
|
|||||||
|
|
2015 |
|
2016 |
|
2017 |
|
|||
Numerator: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
(13,972) |
|
$ |
(3,851) |
|
$ |
6,718 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
50,127 |
|
|
50,913 |
|
|
51,415 |
|
Weighted-average effect of potentially dilutive shares: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee stock options and restricted stock units |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
2,642 |
|
Diluted |
|
|
50,127 |
|
|
50,913 |
|
|
54,057 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
(0.28) |
|
$ |
(0.08) |
|
$ |
0.13 |
|
Diluted |
|
$ |
(0.28) |
|
$ |
(0.08) |
|
$ |
0.12 |
|
The following table summarizes the outstanding employee stock options, restricted stock units and employee stock purchase plan shares that were excluded from the diluted per share calculation for the periods presented because to include them would have been anti-dilutive:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended June 30, |
|
||||
|
|
2015 |
|
2016 |
|
2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee stock options |
|
3,956 |
|
3,464 |
|
145 |
|
Restricted stock units |
|
386 |
|
1,003 |
|
627 |
|
Employee stock purchase plan shares |
|
13 |
|
15 |
|
14 |
|
Total |
|
4,355 |
|
4,482 |
|
786 |
|
F-22
(16) Selected Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)
The following tables set forth selected unaudited quarterly statements of operations data for each of the eight quarters in the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2017.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended |
|
||||||||||
|
|
September 30, |
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
2015 |
|
2015 |
|
March 31, 2016 |
|
June 30, 2016 |
|
||||
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues |
|
$ |
45,108 |
|
$ |
55,184 |
|
$ |
70,570 |
|
$ |
59,839 |
|
Gross profit |
|
$ |
24,913 |
|
$ |
31,084 |
|
$ |
43,361 |
|
$ |
33,258 |
|
Operating income (loss) |
|
$ |
(3,417) |
|
$ |
(1,294) |
|
$ |
6,201 |
|
$ |
(5,040) |
|
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
(3,435) |
|
$ |
(1,165) |
|
$ |
6,161 |
|
$ |
(5,412) |
|
Net income (loss) per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
(0.07) |
|
$ |
(0.02) |
|
$ |
0.12 |
|
$ |
(0.11) |
|
Diluted |
|
$ |
(0.07) |
|
$ |
(0.02) |
|
$ |
0.12 |
|
$ |
(0.11) |
|
Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
50,744 |
|
|
50,890 |
|
|
50,962 |
|
|
51,058 |
|
Diluted |
|
|
50,744 |
|
|
50,890 |
|
|
53,424 |
|
|
51,058 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended |
|
||||||||||
|
|
September 30, |
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
2016 |
|
2016 |
|
March 31, 2017 |
|
June 30, 2017 |
|
||||
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues |
|
$ |
65,022 |
|
$ |
68,654 |
|
$ |
90,273 |
|
$ |
76,061 |
|
Gross profit |
|
$ |
36,663 |
|
$ |
38,271 |
|
$ |
58,191 |
|
$ |
42,898 |
|
Operating income (loss) |
|
$ |
(2,507) |
|
$ |
(1,643) |
|
$ |
14,880 |
|
$ |
(3,434) |
|
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
(2,568) |
|
$ |
(1,671) |
|
$ |
14,801 |
|
$ |
(3,844) |
|
Net income (loss) per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
(0.05) |
|
$ |
(0.03) |
|
$ |
0.29 |
|
$ |
(0.07) |
|
Diluted |
|
$ |
(0.05) |
|
$ |
(0.03) |
|
$ |
0.27 |
|
$ |
(0.07) |
|
Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
51,231 |
|
|
51,384 |
|
|
51,447 |
|
|
51,602 |
|
Diluted |
|
|
51,231 |
|
|
51,384 |
|
|
54,002 |
|
|
51,602 |
|
F-23
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit |
|
|
|
Incorporated by Reference |
|||||||
Number |
|
Exhibit Description |
|
Form |
|
File No. |
|
Exhibit |
|
Filing Date |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.1 |
|
|
S-1 |
|
333-193661 |
|
2.1 |
|
January 30, 2014 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.1 |
|
First Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant. |
|
S-1/A |
|
333-193661 |
|
3.2 |
|
February 14, 2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.2* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.1 |
|
Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated June 29, 2012. |
|
S-1 |
|
333-193661 |
|
4.1 |
|
January 30, 2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.1 |
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and officers. |
|
S-1 |
|
333-193661 |
|
10.2 |
|
January 30, 2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.2† |
|
2008 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreement thereunder. |
|
S-1 |
|
333-193661 |
|
10.3 |
|
January 30, 2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.2.1† |
|
First Amendment to the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, dated August 5, 2010. |
|
S-1 |
|
333-193661 |
|
10.3.1 |
|
January 30, 2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.2.2† |
|
Second Amendment to the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, dated June 29, 2012. |
|
S-1 |
|
333-193661 |
|
10.3.2 |
|
January 30, 2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.3† |
|
2014 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreement thereunder. |
|
S-1/A |
|
333-193661 |
|
10.4 |
|
February 14, 2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.4† |
|
|
S-1/A |
|
333-193661 |
|
10.5 |
|
February 14, 2014 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.5† |
|
|
S-1/A |
|
333-193661 |
|
10.7 |
|
February 14, 2014 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.6 |
|
Office Lease between 3850 Wilke LLC and Paylocity Corporation, dated January 12, 2007. |
|
S-1 |
|
333-193661 |
|
10.8 |
|
January 30, 2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.7.1 |
|
|
S-1 |
|
333-193661 |
|
10.8.1 |
|
January 30, 2014 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.7.2 |
|
Amendment to Office Lease, dated May 6, 2013.
|
|
S-1 |
|
333-193661 |
|
10.8.2 |
|
January 30, 2014 |
|
10.7.3 |
|
|
8-K |
|
001-36348 |
|
10.1 |
|
June 2, 2016 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.8† |
|
|
S-1/A |
|
333-193661 |
|
10.9 |
|
February 14, 2014 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.9† |
|
|
10-K |
|
001-36348 |
|
10.10 |
|
August 14, 2015 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.10† |
|
Executive Employment Agreement between Paylocity Corporation and Mark S. Kinsey, dated May 1, 2015. |
|
10-K |
|
001-36348 |
|
10.11 |
|
August 12, 2016 |
Exhibit |
|
|
|
Incorporated by Reference |
|||||||
Number |
|
Exhibit Description |
|
Form |
|
File No. |
|
Exhibit |
|
Filing Date |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.11† |
|
|
8-K |
|
001-36348 |
|
10.1 |
|
August 9, 2016 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14.1 |
|
|
10-K |
|
001-36348 |
|
14.1 |
|
August 22, 2014 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21.1 |
|
|
S-1 |
|
333-193661 |
|
21.1 |
|
January 30, 2014 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23.1* |
|
Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24.1* |
|
Power of Attorney (see page 62 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31.1* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31.2* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32.1** |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32.2** |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
101.INS* |
|
XBRL Instance Document. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
101.SCH* |
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
101.CAL* |
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
101.LAB* |
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
101.PRE* |
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
101.DEF* |
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
† Management contract, compensatory plan or arrangement.
* Filed herewith.
** Furnished herewith.
Exhibit 3.2
AMENDED AND RESTATED Bylaws of
PAYLOCITY HOLDING CORPORATION
Article i
STOCKHOLDERS
|
1.1 Place of Meetings . All meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place (if any) within or without the State of Delaware as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors or, if not determined by the Board of Directors, by the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Chief Executive Officer; provided that the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that any meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place but shall be held solely by means of remote communication in accordance with Section 1.13. |
|
1.2 Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting shall be held on a date to be fixed by the Board of Directors at a time to be fixed by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. |
|
1.3 Special Meetings . Special meetings of stockholders may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, for any purpose or purposes prescribed in the notice of the meeting and shall be held on such date and at such time as the Board may fix. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be confined to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting. |
|
1.4 Notice of Meetings . |
|
(a) Written notice of each meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date fixed by the Board of Directors for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or as required by law (meaning here and hereafter, as required from time to time by the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation). The notice of any meeting shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting. The notice of a special meeting shall state, in addition, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. |
|
(b) Notice to stockholders may be given by personal delivery, mail, or, with the consent of the stockholder entitled to receive notice, by facsimile or other means of electronic transmission. If mailed, such notice shall be delivered by postage prepaid envelope directed to each stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears in the records of the corporation and shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail. Notice given by electronic transmission pursuant to this subsection shall be deemed given: (1) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a facsimile telecommunication number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (2) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (3) if by posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and (4) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given |
by personal delivery, by mail, or by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein. |
|
(c) Notice of any meeting of stockholders need not be given to any stockholder if waived by such stockholder either in a writing signed by such stockholder or by electronic transmission, whether such waiver is given before or after such meeting is held. If such a waiver is given by electronic transmission, the electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder. |
|
1.5 Voting List . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare, at least 10 days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order for each class of stock and showing the mailing address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, (b) during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the corporation or (c) in any other manner provided by law. If the meeting is to be held at a place, the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time of the meeting, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, such list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to the stockholders who are entitled to examine the list required by this Section 1.5 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders. |
|
1.6 Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, the holders of a majority of the shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Where a separate class vote by a class or classes or series is required, a majority of the shares of such class or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. |
|
1.7 Adjournments . Any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned to any other time and to any other place at which a meeting of stockholders may be held under these Bylaws by the chairman of the meeting or, in the absence of such person, by any officer entitled to preside at or to act as secretary of such meeting, or by the holders of a majority of the shares of stock present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote, although less than a quorum. When a meeting is adjourned to another place, date or time, written notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the date, time and place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the date of any adjourned meeting is more than 30 days after the date for which the meeting was originally noticed, or if the Board of Directors fixes a new record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 4.5, written notice of the place, if any, date and time of the adjourned meeting and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, shall be given in conformity herewith. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. |
2
|
1.8 Voting and Proxies . Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote held of record by such stockholder and a proportionate vote for each fractional share so held, unless otherwise provided by law or in the Certificate of Incorporation. Each stockholder of record entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may vote in person or may authorize any other person or persons to vote or act for such stockholder by a written proxy executed by the stockholder or the stockholder’s authorized agent or by an electronic transmission permitted by law and delivered to the Secretary of the corporation. Any copy, facsimile transmission or other reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission created pursuant to this section may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or electronic transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile transmission or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or electronic transmission. |
|
1.9 Action at Meeting . |
|
(a) At any meeting of stockholders for the election of one or more directors at which a quorum is present, the election shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote at the election. |
|
(b) All other matters shall be determined by a majority in voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the matter (or if there are two or more classes of stock entitled to vote as separate classes, then in the case of each such class, a majority of the shares of each such class present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the matter shall decide such matter), provided that a quorum is present, except when a different vote is required by express provision of law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. |
|
(c) All voting, including on the election of directors, but excepting where otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided, that upon demand therefor by a stockholder entitled to vote or the stockholder’s proxy, a vote by ballot shall be taken. Each ballot shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting. The corporation may, and to the extent required by law, shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The corporation may designate one or more persons as an alternate inspector to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting may, and to the extent required by law, shall, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath to faithfully execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability. |
|
1.10 Stockholder Business (Other Than the Election of Directors) . |
|
(a) Only such business (other than nominations for election of directors, which is governed by Section 2.15 of these Bylaws) shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before an annual meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be either (i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (ii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (iii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder who (A) is a stockholder of record (and, with respect to any beneficial owner, if different, on whose behalf such business is proposed, only if such beneficial owner is the beneficial owner of shares of the corporation) both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 1.10 and at the time of the meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (C) has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.10 as to such business. For any business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder (other than nominations for election of directors, which is governed by Section 2.15 of these Bylaws), it must be a proper matter for |
3
stockholder action under the Delaware General Corporation Law, and the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be in writing and must be received at the corporation’s principal executive offices not later than 90 days nor earlier than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting as first specified in the corporation’s notice of meeting (without regard to any postponements or adjournments of such meeting after such notice was first sent), provided, however, that if no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than thirty (30) days, or delayed (other than as a result of adjournment) by more than thirty (30) days from the anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be received not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the date on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. “ Public announcement ” for purposes hereof shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.15(c) of these Bylaws. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. For business to be properly brought before a special meeting by a stockholder, the business must be limited to the purpose or purposes set forth in a request under Section 1.3. |
|
(b) A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary of the corporation shall set forth (i) as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the text of the proposal or business, including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the Bylaws of the corporation, the language of the proposed amendment, and (ii) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is being made, and any of their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert therewith (each, a “ Proposing Person ”), (A) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation’s books, of the stockholder proposing such business and of any other Proposing Person, (B) the class or series and number of shares of the corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by the stockholder and any other Proposing Person as of the date of the notice, and a representation that the stockholder will notify the corporation in writing within five (5) business days after the record date for voting at the meeting of the class or series and number of shares of the corporation owned beneficially and of record by the stockholder and any other Proposing Person as of the record date for voting at the meeting, (C) a representation that the stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose the business specified in the notice, (D) any material interest of the stockholder and any other Proposing Person in such business, (E) the following information regarding the ownership interests of the stockholder and any other Proposing Person which shall be supplemented in writing by the stockholder not later than ten (10) days after the record date for voting at the meeting to disclose such interests as of such record date: (1) a description of any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of the corporation or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares of the corporation, any derivative or synthetic arrangement having the characteristics of a long position in any class or series of shares of the corporation, or any contract, derivative, swap or other transaction or series of transactions designed to produce economic benefits and risks that correspond substantially to the ownership of any class or series of shares of the corporation, including due to the fact that the value of such contract, derivative, swap or other transaction or series of transactions is determined by reference to the price, value or volatility of any class or series of shares of the corporation, whether or not such instrument, contract or right shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of shares of the corporation, through the delivery of cash or other property, or otherwise, and without regard to whether the stockholder of record or any other Proposing Person may have entered into transactions that hedge or mitigate the economic effect of such instrument, contract or right (a “ Derivative Instrument ”) directly or indirectly owned beneficially by such stockholder or other Proposing Person, and any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of shares of |
4
the corporation; (2) a description of any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding, or relationship pursuant to which such stockholder or other Proposing Person has a right to vote any shares of any security of the corporation; (3) a description of any agreement, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, including any repurchase or similar so-called “stock borrowing” agreement or arrangement, engaged in, directly or indirectly, by such stockholder or other Proposing Person , the purpose or effect of which is to mitigate loss to, reduce the economic risk (of ownership or otherwise) of any class or series of the shares of the corporation by, manage the risk of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or other Proposing Person with respect to any class or series of the shares of the corporation, or which provides, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any decrease in the price or value of any class or series of the shares of the corporation (“Short Interests”) ; (4) a description of any rights to dividends on the shares of the corporation owned beneficially by such stockholder or other Proposing Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the corporation; (5) a description of any proportionate interest in shares of the corporation or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which such stockholder or other Proposing Person is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner; (6) a description of any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) to which such stockholder or other Proposing Person is entitled based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the corporation or Derivative Instruments, if any, as of the date of such notice, including, without limitation, any such interests held by members of such stockholder’s or other Proposing Person’s immediate family sharing the same household; (7) a description of any significant equity interests or any Derivative Instruments or Short Interests in any principal competitor of the corporation held by such stockholder or other Proposing Person ; and (8) a description of any direct or indirect interest of such stockholder or other Proposing Person in any contract with the corporation, any affiliate of the corporation or any principal competitor of the corporation (including, in any such case, any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement), and (F) any other information relating to such stockholder or other Proposing Person , if any, that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the proposal and/or for the election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. The terms “associate” and “beneficially owned” for purposes hereof shall have the meanings set forth in Section 2.15(e) of these Bylaws. |
|
(c) Unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual meeting of stockholders to present the proposed business, such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the corporation. For purposes of this section, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder (or a reliable reproduction or electronic transmission of the writing) delivered to the corporation prior to the making of such proposal at such meeting by such stockholder stating that such person is authorized to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders. |
|
(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.10, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 1.10; provided however, that any references in this Section 1.10 to the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to proposals as to any business to be considered pursuant to this Section 1.10. Nothing in this Section 1.10 shall be deemed to affect any rights (i) of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act or (ii) of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock if and to the extent provided for under law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. |
5
|
(e) Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary, the notice requirements set forth in subsections (a) and (b) above shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder if the stockholder has notified the corporation of the stockholder’s intention to present a proposal at an annual meeting in compliance with applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act and such stockholder’s proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the corporation to solicit proxies for such annual meeting. |
|
1.11 Conduct of Business . At every meeting of the stockholders, the Chairman of the Board, or, in his absence, the Chief Executive Officer, or, in his absence, such other person as may be appointed by the Board of Directors, shall act as chairman. The Secretary of the corporation or a person designated by the chairman of the meeting shall act as secretary of the meeting. Unless otherwise approved by the chairman of the meeting, attendance at the stockholders’ meeting is restricted to stockholders of record, persons authorized in accordance with Section 1.8 of these Bylaws to act by proxy, and officers of the corporation. |
The chairman of the meeting shall call the meeting to order, establish the agenda, and conduct the business of the meeting in accordance therewith or, at the chairman’s discretion, the business of the meeting may be conducted otherwise in accordance with the wishes of the stockholders in attendance. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting.
The chairman shall also conduct the meeting in an orderly manner, rule on the precedence of, and procedure on, motions and other procedural matters, and exercise discretion with respect to such procedural matters with fairness and good faith toward all those entitled to take part. Without limiting the foregoing, the chairman may (a) restrict attendance at any time to bona fide stockholders of record and their proxies and other persons in attendance at the invitation of the presiding officer or Board of Directors, (b) restrict use of audio or video recording devices at the meeting, and (c) impose reasonable limits on the amount of time taken up at the meeting on discussion in general or on remarks by any one stockholder. Should any person in attendance become unruly or obstruct the meeting proceedings, the chairman shall have the power to have such person removed from the meeting. Notwithstanding anything in the Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at a meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 1.10, this Section 1.11 and Section 2.15. The chairman of the meeting, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting, shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of Section 1.10, this Section 1.11 and Section 2.15, and if he should so determine that any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with such sections, he shall so declare to the meeting that such defective nomination or proposal shall be disregarded.
|
1.12 Stockholder Action Without Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders. |
|
1.13 Meetings by Remote Communication . If authorized by the Board of Directors, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board may adopt, stockholders and proxy holders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication, participate in the meeting and be deemed present in person and vote at the meeting, whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (a) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxy holder, (b) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxy holders a reasonable opportunity to participate |
6
in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (c) if any stockholder or proxy holder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the corporation. |
article II
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
|
1.14 General Powers . The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, who may exercise all of the powers of the corporation except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation. In the event of a vacancy on the Board of Directors, the remaining directors, except as otherwise provided by law, may exercise the powers of the full Board until the vacancy is filled. |
|
1.15 Number and Term of Office . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors shall initially be five (5) and, thereafter, shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board for adoption). Effective upon the date of the closing of the corporation’s initial public offering of its common stock (the “ Effective Date ”), the directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of preferred stock under specified circumstances, shall be divided into three classes, with the term of office of the first class to expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders held after the Effective Date; the term of office of the second class to expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders held after the Effective Date; the term of office of the third class to expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders held after the Effective Date; and thereafter for each such term to expire at each third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after such election. All directors shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until their respective successors are elected, except in the case of the death, resignation or removal of any director. At each annual meeting of stockholders commencing with the first annual meeting held after the Effective Date, (i) the successors to the class of directors whose term expires in that year shall be elected to hold office for a term of three years to succeed those whose term expires so that the term of office of one class of directors shall expire in each year, with each director to hold office until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, and (ii) if authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors, directors may be elected to fill any vacancy on the Board of Directors, regardless of how such vacancy shall have been created. |
|
1.16 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or other cause (including removal from office by a vote of the stockholders) may be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director, and directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of the class to which they have been elected expires or until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. No decrease in the number of authorized directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. |
|
1.17 Resignation . Any director may resign by delivering notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the President, Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board or Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event. |
7
|
1.18 Removal . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock then outstanding, any directors, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. Vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from such removal may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director. Directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of the class to which they have been elected expires. |
|
1.19 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; provided that any director who is absent when such a determination is made shall be given notice of the determination. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors may be held without notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders. |
|
1.20 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or two or more directors and may be held at any time and place, within or without the State of Delaware. |
|
1.21 Notice of Special Meetings . Notice of any special meeting of directors shall be given to each director by whom it is not waived by the Secretary or by the officer or one of the directors calling the meeting. Notice shall be duly given to each director by (a) giving notice to such director in person or by telephone, electronic transmission or voice message system at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, (b) sending a facsimile to his last known facsimile number, or delivering written notice by hand to his last known business or home address, at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, or (c) mailing written notice to his last known business or home address at least three days in advance of the meeting. A notice or waiver of notice of a meeting of the Board of Directors need not specify the purposes of the meeting. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting. |
|
1.22 Participation in Meetings by Telephone Conference Calls or Other Methods of Communication . Directors or any members of any committee designated by the directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting. |
|
1.23 Quorum . A majority of the total number of authorized directors shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Board of Directors. In the absence of a quorum at any such meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or at a meeting of a committee which authorizes a particular contract or transaction. |
|
1.24 Action at Meeting . At any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, the vote of a majority of those present shall be sufficient to take any action, unless a different vote is specified by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. |
|
1.25 Action by Written Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent to the action in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writings or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the |
8
Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form. |
|
1.26 Committees . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation, with such lawfully delegated powers and duties as it therefor confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members of the committee present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors and subject to the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each such committee shall keep minutes and make such reports as the Board of Directors may from time to time request. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as possible in the same manner as is provided in these Bylaws for the Board of Directors. |
|
1.27 Compensation of Directors . Directors may be paid such compensation for their services and such reimbursement for expenses of attendance at meetings as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation or any of its parent or subsidiary corporations in any other capacity and receiving compensation for such service. |
|
1.28 Nomination of Director Candidates . |
|
(a) Subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, nominations for the election of directors at an annual meeting may be made by (i) the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof or (ii) any stockholder of the corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving the notice provided for in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section 2.15, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.15. |
|
(b) All nominations by stockholders must be made pursuant to timely notice given in writing to the Secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s nomination for a director to be elected at an annual meeting must be received at the corporation’s principal executive offices not later than 90 days nor earlier than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting as first specified in the corporation’s notice of meeting (without regard to any postponements or adjournments of such meeting after such notice was first sent), provided, however, that if no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than thirty (30) days or delayed (other than as a result of adjournment) by more than thirty (30) days from the first anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be received not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the date on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. Each such notice shall set forth (i) as to the stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made, and any of their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert therewith (each, a “ Nominating Person ”), the name and address, as they appear on the corporation’s books, of the stockholder who intends to make the nomination and of any other Nominating Person, (ii) the class or series and number of shares of the corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by the stockholder and any other Nominating Person as of the date of the notice, and a representation that the |
9
stockholder will notify the corporation in writing within five (5) business days after the record date for voting at the meeting of the class or series and number of shares of the corporation owned beneficially and of record by the stockholder and any other Nominating Person as of the record date for voting at the meeting, (iii) a representation that the stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the nominee specified in the notice, (iv) the following information regarding the ownership interests of the stockholder and any other Nominating Person, which shall be supplemented in writing by the stockholder not later than ten (10) days after the record date for notice of the meeting to disclose such interests as of such record date: (A) a description of any Derivative Instrument directly or indirectly owned beneficially by such stockholder or other Nominating Person, and any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the corporation; (B) a description of any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding, or relationship pursuant to which such stockholder or other Nominating Person has a right to vote any shares of any security of the corporation; (C) a description of any Short Interests in any securities of the corporation directly or indirectly owned beneficially by such s tockholder or other Nominating Person; (D) a description of any rights to dividends on the shares of the corporation owned beneficially by such stockholder or other Nominating Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the corporation; (E) a description of any proportionate interest in shares of the corporation or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which such stockholder or other Nominating Person is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner; (F) a description of any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) to which such stockholder or other Nominating Person is entitled based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the corporation or Derivative Instruments, if any, as of the date of such notice, including, without limitation, any such interests held by members of such stockholder’s or other Nominating Person’s immediate family sharing the same household; (G) a description of any significant equity interests or any Derivative Instruments or Short Interests in any principal competitor of the corporation held by such stockholder or other Nominating Person; and (H) a description of any direct or indirect interest of such s tockholder or other Nominating Person in any contract with the corporation, any affiliate of the corporation or any principal competitor of the corporation (including, in any such case, any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement) , (v) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder or other Nominating Person and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the stockholder, (vi) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three years, and any other material relationships, between or among such stockholder and any other Nominating Person, on the one hand, and each nominee, and his respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the other hand, including, without limitation all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Rule 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K if the stockholder and any Nominating Person, if any, or any affiliate or associate thereof or person acting in concert therewith, were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant, (vii) such other information regarding each nominee as would be required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the SEC, had the nominee been nominated, or intended to be nominated, by the Board of Directors, and (viii) the signed consent of each nominee to serve as a director of the corporation if so elected. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Notwithstanding the second sentence of this Section 2.15(b), in the event that the number of directors to be elected at an annual meeting is increased and there is no public announcement by the corporation naming the nominees for the additional directorships at least 100 days prior to the one-year anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting as first specified in the corporation’s notice of meeting (without regard to any postponements or adjournments of such meeting after such notice was first sent), a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 2.15(b) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional directorships, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the |
10
corporation not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation. |
|
(c) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof or (ii) by any stockholder who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.15 and who is a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary of the corporation. In the event the corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as are specified in the corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice as required by Section 2.15(a) is delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not earlier than ninety (90) days prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the sixtieth (60 th ) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. |
|
(d) For purposes of these Bylaws, “ public announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed or furnished by the corporation with the SEC pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. |
|
(e) Only those persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this section shall be eligible for election as directors at any meeting of stockholders. The Chairman of the Board of Directors or Secretary may, if the facts warrant, determine that a notice received by the corporation relating to a nomination proposed to be made does not satisfy the requirements of this Section 2.15 (including if the stockholder does not provide the updated information required under Section 2.15(b) to the corporation within five (5) business days following the record date for the meeting), and if it be so determined, shall so declare and any such nomination shall not be introduced at such meeting of stockholders, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received. The chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination brought before the meeting was made in accordance with the procedures set forth in this section, and, if any nomination is not in compliance with this section (including if the stockholder does not provide the updated information required under Section 2.15(b) to the corporation within five (5) business days following the record date for the meeting), to declare that such defective nomination shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received. Unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual meeting or a special meeting of stockholders of the corporation to present a nomination, such nomination shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the corporation. For purposes of this Section 2.15, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder (or a reliable reproduction or electronic transmission of the writing) delivered to the corporation prior to the making of such nomination at such meeting by such stockholder stating that such person is authorized to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders. |
|
(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.15, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.15; provided however, that any references in this Section 2.15 to the Exchange Act or the rules promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit any |
11
requirements applicable to nominations to be considered pursuant to this Section 2.15. Nothing in this Section 2.15 shall be deemed to affect any rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock if and to the extent provided for under law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. |
article III
Officers
|
1.29 Enumeration . The officers of the corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, a Chief Financial Officer and such other officers with such other titles as the Board of Directors shall determine, including, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a Chairman of the Board and one or more Vice Presidents and Assistant Secretaries. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers as it may deem appropriate. |
|
1.30 Election . Officers shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first meeting following the annual meeting of stockholders. Officers may be appointed by the Board of Directors at any other meeting. |
|
1.31 Qualification . No officer need be a stockholder. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. |
|
1.32 Tenure . Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, each officer shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified, unless a different term is specified in the vote appointing the officer, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. |
|
1.33 Resignation and Removal . Any officer may resign by delivering his written resignation to the corporation at its principal office or to the President or Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event. Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors. |
|
1.34 Chairman of the Board . The Board of Directors may appoint a Chairman of the Board. If the Board of Directors appoints a Chairman of the Board, he shall perform such duties and possess such powers as are assigned to the Chairman by the Board of Directors and these Bylaws. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, he shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors. |
|
1.35 Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer of the corporation shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and the officers of the corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence or nonexistence of a Chairman of the Board, at all meetings of the Board of Directors. He shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the chief executive officer of a corporation, including general supervision, direction and control of the business and supervision of other officers of the corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws. |
|
1.36 President . Subject to the direction of the Board of Directors and such supervisory powers as may be given by these Bylaws or the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, if such titles be held by other officers, the President shall have general supervision, direction and control of the business and supervision of other officers of the corporation. Unless otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation. The President shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws. He shall have power to sign stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the |
12
corporation which are authorized and shall have general supervision and direction of all of the other officers, employees and agents of the corporation, other than the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer. |
|
1.37 Vice Presidents . Any Vice President shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the President, the Vice President (or if there shall be more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties of the President and when so performing shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Board of Directors may assign to any Vice President the title of Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or any other title selected by the Board of Directors. |
|
1.38 Secretary and Assistant Secretaries . The Secretary shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as the Board of Directors or the President may from time to time prescribe. In addition, the Secretary shall perform such duties and have such powers as are set forth in these Bylaws and as are incident to the office of the Secretary, including, without limitation, the duty and power to give notices of all meetings of stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, to keep a record of the proceedings of all meetings of stockholders and the Board of Directors, to maintain a stock ledger and prepare lists of stockholders and their addresses as required, to be custodian of corporate records and the corporate seal and to affix and attest to the same on documents. |
Any Assistant Secretary shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.
In the absence of the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary at any meeting of stockholders or directors, the person presiding at the meeting shall designate a temporary secretary to keep a record of the meeting.
|
1.39 Treasurer . The Treasurer shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of treasurer, including without limitation, the duty and power to keep and be responsible for all funds and securities of the corporation, to maintain the financial records of the corporation, to deposit funds of the corporation in depositories as authorized, to disburse such funds as authorized, to make proper accounts of such funds, and to render as required by the Board of Directors accounts of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the corporation. |
|
1.40 Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as may from time to time be assigned to the Chief Financial Officer by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. Unless otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Financial Officer shall be the Treasurer of the corporation. |
|
1.41 Salaries . Officers of the corporation shall be entitled to such salaries, compensation or reimbursement as shall be fixed or allowed from time to time by the Board of Directors. |
|
1.42 Delegation of Authority . The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof. |
13
article Iv
Capital Stock
|
1.43 Issuance of Stock . Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the corporation or the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the corporation held in its treasury may be issued, sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by vote of the Board of Directors in such manner, for such consideration and on such terms as the Board of Directors may determine. |
|
1.44 Stock Certificates . The shares of stock of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any class or series of stock of the corporation shall be uncertificated shares; provided, however, that no such resolution shall apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Every holder of stock of the corporation represented by certificates, and, upon written request to the corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, any holder of uncertificated shares, shall be entitled to have a certificate, in such form as may be prescribed by law and by the Board of Directors, certifying the number and class of shares of stock owned by such stockholder in the corporation. Each such certificate shall be signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman or Vice Chairman, if any, of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President, and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. |
Each certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, applicable securities laws or any agreement among any number of stockholders or among such holders and the corporation shall have conspicuously noted on the face or back of the certificate either the full text of the restriction or a statement of the existence of such restriction.
|
1.45 Transfers . Except as otherwise established by rules and regulations adopted by the Board of Directors, and subject to applicable law, shares of stock may be transferred on the books of the corporation: (i) in the case of shares represented by a certificate, by the surrender to the corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate representing such shares properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, and with such proof of authority or authenticity of signature as the corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require; and (ii) in the case of uncertificated shares, upon the receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered owner thereof. Except as may be otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, the corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect to such stock, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock until the shares have been transferred on the books of the corporation in accordance with the requirements of these Bylaws. |
|
1.46 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . The corporation may issue a new certificate in place of any previously issued certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, or it may issue uncertificated shares if the shares represented by such certificate have been designated as uncertificated shares in accordance with Section 4.2, upon such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors may prescribe, including the presentation of reasonable evidence of such loss, theft or destruction and the giving of such indemnity as the Board of Directors may require for the protection of the corporation or any transfer agent or registrar. |
|
1.47 Record Dates . The Board of Directors may fix in advance a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Such record date shall |
14
not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. |
If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the day before the date on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, the close of business on the day before the date on which the meeting is held.
A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the foregoing provisions.
The Board of Directors may fix in advance a record date (a) for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights in respect of any change, concession or exchange of stock, or (b) for the purpose of any other lawful action. Any such record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and shall not be more than 60 days prior to the action to which such record date relates. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary shall be the date on which the first written consent is expressed. The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating to such purpose.
article v
General Provisions
|
1.48 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the corporation shall be as fixed by the Board of Directors. |
|
1.49 Waiver of Notice . Whenever any notice whatsoever is required to be given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, a waiver of such notice either in writing signed by the person entitled to such notice or such person’s duly authorized attorney, or by electronic transmission or any other method permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law, whether before, at or after the time stated in such waiver, or the appearance of such person or persons at such meeting in person or by proxy, shall be deemed equivalent to such notice. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver. Attendance at any meeting shall constitute waiver of notice except attendance for the sole purpose of objecting to the timeliness or manner of notice. |
|
1.50 Actions with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations . Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise designate, the Chief Executive Officer or President or any officer of the corporation authorized by the Chief Executive Officer or President shall have the power to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the corporation, in person or by proxy, and may waive notice of, and act as, or appoint any person or persons to act as, proxy or attorney-in-fact to this corporation (with or without power of substitution) at any meeting of stockholders or shareholders (or with respect to any action of stockholders) of any other corporation or organization, the securities of which may be held by this corporation and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers that this corporation may possess by reason of this corporation’s ownership of securities in such other corporation or other organization. |
15
|
1.51 Evidence of Authority . A certificate by the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, or a temporary Secretary, as to any action taken by the stockholders, directors, a committee or any officer or representative of the corporation shall as to all persons who rely on the certificate in good faith be conclusive evidence of such action. |
|
1.52 Certificate of Incorporation . All references in these Bylaws to the Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed to refer to the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation, as amended and in effect from time to time. |
|
1.53 Severability . Any determination that any provision of these Bylaws is for any reason inapplicable, illegal or ineffective shall not affect or invalidate any other provision of these Bylaws. |
|
1.54 Pronouns . All pronouns used in these Bylaws shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require. |
|
1.55 Notices . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein or required by law, all notices required to be given to any stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation shall be in writing and may in every instance be effectively given by hand delivery to the recipient thereof, by depositing such notice in the mails, postage paid, or by sending such notice by commercial courier service, or by facsimile or other electronic transmission, provided that notice to stockholders by electronic transmission shall be given in the manner provided in Section 232 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Any such notice shall be addressed to such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent at his last known address as the same appears on the books of the corporation. The time when such notice shall be deemed to be given shall be the time such notice is received by such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent, or by any person accepting such notice on behalf of such person, if delivered by hand, facsimile, other electronic transmission or commercial courier service, or the time such notice is dispatched, if delivered through the mails. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively, notice to any stockholder shall be deemed given: (a) if by facsimile, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (b) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (c) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (i) such posting and (ii) the giving of such separate notice; (d) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder; and (e) if by mail, when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. |
|
1.56 Reliance Upon Books, Reports and Records . Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer of the corporation shall, in the performance of his duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the corporation as provided by law, including reports made to the corporation by any of its officers, by an independent certified public accountant, or by an appraiser selected with reasonable care. |
|
1.57 Time Periods . In applying any provision of these Bylaws which require that an act be done or not done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included. |
|
1.58 Facsimile Signatures . In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof. |
16
article vi
Amendments
|
1.59 By the Board of Directors . Except as otherwise set forth in these Bylaws, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present. |
|
1.60 By the Stockholders . Except as otherwise set forth in these Bylaws, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote generally in any election of directors, voting together as a single class. Such vote may be held at any annual meeting of stockholders, or at any special meeting of stockholders provided that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws shall have been stated in the notice of such special meeting. |
article vii
Indemnification of Directors and Officers
|
1.61 Right to Indemnification . Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (“ proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that he or a person of whom he is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, or as a controlling person of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer, or in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all expenses, liability and loss reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of his heirs, executors and administrators; provided, that except as provided in Section 7.2 of this Article VII, the corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnity in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if (a) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (b) the proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors, (c) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (d) the proceeding (or part thereof) is brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement under an indemnity agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. The rights hereunder shall be contract rights and shall include the right to be paid expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, that the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer of the corporation in his capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is tendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this section or otherwise. |
17
|
1.62 Right of Claimant to Bring Suit . If a claim under Section 7.1 is not paid in full by the corporation within 60 days after a written claim has been received by the corporation, or 20 days in the case of a claim for advancement of expenses, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if such suit is not frivolous or brought in bad faith, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any, has been tendered to this corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by the corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, shall be on the corporation. |
|
1.63 Indemnification of Employees and Agents . The corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification, and to the advancement of related expenses, to any employee or agent of the corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VII with respect to the indemnification of and advancement of expenses to directors and officers of the corporation. |
|
1.64 Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The rights conferred on any person in this Article VII shall not be exclusive of any other right which such persons may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. |
|
1.65 Indemnification Contracts . The Board of Directors is authorized to enter into a contract with any director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or any person serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including employee benefit plans, providing for indemnification rights equivalent to or, if the Board of Directors so determines, greater than, those provided for in this Article VII. |
|
1.66 Insurance . The corporation shall maintain insurance to the extent reasonably available, at its expense, to protect itself and any such director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law. |
|
1.67 Effect of Amendment . Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article VII shall not adversely affect any right or protection of an indemnitee or his successor in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, repeal or modification. |
18
ARTICLE VIII
FORUM FOR ADJUDICATION OF DISPUTES
8.1 Forum for Adjudication of Disputes . Unless the corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer or other employee of the corporation to the corporation or the corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine (each, an “Action”) shall be a state or federal court located within the state of Delaware (a “Chosen Court”), in all cases subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this bylaw.
8.2 [RESERVED] .
19
Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Paylocity Holding Corporation:
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (No. 333‑194840, No. 333-201983, No. 333-209520 and No. 333-216001) on Form S-8 of Paylocity Holding Corporation and subsidiary (the Company) of our report dated August 11, 2017, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of June 30, 2016 and 2017, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2017, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2017, which report appears in the June 30, 2017 annual report on Form 10‑K of Paylocity Holding Corporation and subsidiary.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Chicago, Illinois
August 11, 2017
Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302(a) OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Steven R. Beauchamp, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Paylocity Holding Corporation (the “Company”) for the year ended June 30, 2017;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
|
|
|
Date: August 11, 2017 |
|
/s/ Steven R. Beauchamp |
|
Name: |
Steven R. Beauchamp |
|
Title |
President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer |
Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302(a) OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Steven R. Beauchamp, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Paylocity Holding Corporation (the “Company”) for the year ended June 30, 2017;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
|
|
|
Date: August 11, 2017 |
|
/s/ Steven R. Beauchamp |
|
Name: |
Steven R. Beauchamp |
|
Title |
President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer |
Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
The undersigned, the President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Paylocity Holding Corporation (the “Company”), does hereby certify under the standards set forth and solely for the purposes of 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended June 30, 2017 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and information contained in that Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
|
|
|
Date: August 11, 2017 |
|
/s/ Steven R. Beauchamp |
|
Name: |
Steven R. Beauchamp |
|
Title |
President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer |
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
The undersigned, the President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Paylocity Holding Corporation (the “Company”), does hereby certify under the standards set forth and solely for the purposes of 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended June 30, 2017 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and information contained in that Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
|
|
|
Date: August 11, 2017 |
|
/s/ Steven R. Beauchamp |
|
Name: |
Steven R. Beauchamp |
|
Title |
President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer |
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.